Commit Graph

7113 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Peter Eisentraut 1f050c08f9 Fix bug in support for collation attributes on older ICU versions
Unrecognized attribute names are supposed to be ignored.  But the code
would error out on an unrecognized attribute value even if it did not
recognize the attribute name.  So unrecognized attributes wouldn't
really be ignored unless the value happened to be one that matched a
recognized value.  This would break some important cases where the
attribute would be processed by ucol_open() directly.  Fix that and
add a test case.

The restructured code should also avoid compiler warnings about
initializing a UColAttribute value to -1, because the type might be an
unsigned enum.  (reported by Andres Freund)
2019-03-19 09:37:46 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 1ffa59a85c Fix optimization of foreign-key on update actions
In RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(), we check among other things
whether the old and new key are equal, so that we don't need to run
cascade actions when nothing has actually changed.  This was using the
equality operator.  But the effect of this is that if a value in the
primary key is changed to one that "looks" different but compares as
equal, the update is not propagated.  (Examples are float -0 and 0 and
case-insensitive text.)  This appears to violate the SQL standard, and
it also behaves inconsistently if in a multicolumn key another key is
also updated that would cause the row to compare as not equal.

To fix, if we are looking at the PK table in ri_KeysEqual(), then do a
bytewise comparison similar to record_image_eq() instead of using the
equality operators.  This only makes a difference for ON UPDATE
CASCADE, but for consistency we treat all changes to the PK the same.  For
the FK table, we continue to use the equality operators.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3326fc2e-bc02-d4c5-e3e5-e54da466e89a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-18 17:19:21 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov a0478b6998 Revert 4178d8b91c
As it was agreed to worsen the code readability.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ecfcfb5f-3233-eaa9-0c83-07056fb49a83%402ndquadrant.com
2019-03-18 09:54:29 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 4178d8b91c Beautify initialization of JsonValueList and JsonLikeRegexContext
Instead of tricky assignment to {0} introduce special macros, which
explicitly initialize every field.
2019-03-17 12:58:26 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov aa1b7f3866 Apply const qualifier to keywords of jsonpath_scan.l
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEeOP_a-Pfy%3DU9-f%3DgQ0AsB8FrxrC8xCTVq%2BeO71-2VoWP5cag%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Mark G
2019-03-17 12:50:38 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov c183a07f27 Remove some make rules added in 142c400d72
Because they fail build of jsonpath_scan.c.
2019-03-17 11:16:42 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 142c400d72 Fix make rules for jsonpath grammar making them similar to SQL grammar
Reported-by: Jeff Janes, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1w1qBvoW82ZTFpAKae027R-2OHw-m6ALe0VQRNAFueBVA%40mail.gmail.com
2019-03-17 10:55:52 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut b8f9a2a69a Add support for collation attributes on older ICU versions
Starting in ICU 54, collation customization attributes can be
specified in the locale string, for example
"@colStrength=primary;colCaseLevel=yes".  Add support for this for
older ICU versions as well, by adding some minimal parsing of the
attributes in the locale string and calling ucol_setAttribute() on
them.  This is essentially what never ICU versions do internally in
ucol_open().  This was we can offer this functionality in a consistent
way in all ICU versions supported by PostgreSQL.

Also add some tests for ICU collation customization.

Reported-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0270ebd4-f67c-8774-1a5a-91adfb9bb41f@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-17 08:47:15 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov 042162d628 Fix compiler warning in jsonpath_exec.c
Warning was observed in gcc 4.4.6, gcc 4.4.7 and probably others.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25151.1552751426%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-17 10:12:06 +03:00
Tom Lane 20f7c3d560 Suppress -Wimplicit-fallthrough warnings in new jsonpath code.
Per buildfarm.  See commit 41c912cad for precedent.
2019-03-16 12:34:46 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 16d489b0fe Numeric error suppression in jsonpath
Add support of numeric error suppression to jsonpath as it's required by
standard.  This commit doesn't use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement
that.  Instead, it provides internal versions of numeric functions used, which
support error suppression.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
2019-03-16 12:21:19 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 72b6460336 Partial implementation of SQL/JSON path language
SQL 2016 standards among other things contains set of SQL/JSON features for
JSON processing inside of relational database.  The core of SQL/JSON is JSON
path language, allowing access parts of JSON documents and make computations
over them.  This commit implements partial support JSON path language as
separate datatype called "jsonpath".  The implementation is partial because
it's lacking datetime support and suppression of numeric errors.  Missing
features will be added later by separate commits.

Support of SQL/JSON features requires implementation of separate nodes, and it
will be considered in subsequent patches.  This commit includes following
set of plain functions, allowing to execute jsonpath over jsonb values:

 * jsonb_path_exists(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
 * jsonb_path_match(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
 * jsonb_path_query(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
 * jsonb_path_query_array(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).
 * jsonb_path_query_first(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).

This commit also implements "jsonb @? jsonpath" and "jsonb @@ jsonpath", which
are wrappers over jsonpath_exists(jsonb, jsonpath) and jsonpath_predicate(jsonb,
jsonpath) correspondingly.  These operators will have an index support
(implemented in subsequent patches).

Catversion bumped, to add new functions and operators.

Code was written by Nikita Glukhov and Teodor Sigaev, revised by me.
Documentation was written by Oleg Bartunov and Liudmila Mantrova.  The work
was inspired by Oleg Bartunov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Alexander Korotkov, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Pavel Stehule, Alexander Korotkov
2019-03-16 12:16:48 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 893d6f8a1f Avoid casting away a const 2019-03-16 10:13:03 +01:00
Tom Lane d3f48dfae4 Further reduce memory footprint of CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS testing.
Some buildfarm members using CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS have been having OOM
problems of late.  Commit 2455ab488 addressed this problem by recovering
space transiently used within RelationBuildPartitionDesc, but it turns
out that leaves quite a lot on the table, because other subroutines of
RelationBuildDesc also leak memory like mad.  Let's move the temp-context
management into RelationBuildDesc so that leakage from the other
subroutines is also recovered.

I examined this issue by arranging for postgres.c to dump the size of
MessageContext just before resetting it in each command cycle, and
then running the update.sql regression test (which is one of the two
that are seeing buildfarm OOMs) with and without CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.
Before 2455ab488, the peak space usage with CCA was as much as 250MB.
That patch got it down to ~80MB, but with this patch it's about 0.5MB,
and indeed the space usage now seems nearly indistinguishable from a
non-CCA build.

RelationBuildDesc's traditional behavior of not worrying about leaking
transient data is of many years' standing, so I'm pretty hesitant to
change that without more evidence that it'd be useful in a normal build.
(So far as I can see, non-CCA memory consumption is about the same with
or without this change, whuch if anything suggests that it isn't useful.)
Hence, configure the patch so that we recover space only when
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS or CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVELY is defined.  However,
that choice can be overridden at compile time, in case somebody would
like to do some performance testing and try to develop evidence for
changing that decision.

It's possible that we ought to back-patch this change, but in the
absence of back-branch OOM problems in the buildfarm, I'm not in
a hurry to do that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY3bRmGB6-DUnoVy5fJoreiBJ43rwMrQRCdPXuKt4Ykaw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-15 13:46:26 -04:00
Thomas Munro bb16aba50c Enable parallel query with SERIALIZABLE isolation.
Previously, the SERIALIZABLE isolation level prevented parallel query
from being used.  Allow the two features to be used together by
sharing the leader's SERIALIZABLEXACT with parallel workers.

An extra per-SERIALIZABLEXACT LWLock is introduced to make it safe to
share, and new logic is introduced to coordinate the early release
of the SERIALIZABLEXACT required for the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE
optimization, as follows:

The first backend to observe the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag (set by
some other transaction) will 'partially release' the SERIALIZABLEXACT,
meaning that the conflicts and locks it holds are released, but the
SERIALIZABLEXACT itself will remain active because other backends
might still have a pointer to it.

Whenever any backend notices the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag, it clears
its own MySerializableXact variable and frees local resources so that
it can skip SSI checks for the rest of the transaction.  In the
special case of the leader process, it transfers the SERIALIZABLEXACT
to a new variable SavedSerializableXact, so that it can be completely
released at the end of the transaction after all workers have exited.

Remove the serializable_okay flag added to CreateParallelContext() by
commit 9da0cc35, because it's now redundant.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Haribabu Kommi, Robert Haas, Masahiko Sawada, Kevin Grittner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0gXGYhtrVDWOTHS8SQQy_=S9xo+8oCxGLWZAOoeJ=yzQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-15 17:47:04 +13:00
Tom Lane f1d85aa98e Add support for hyperbolic functions, as well as log10().
The SQL:2016 standard adds support for the hyperbolic functions
sinh(), cosh(), and tanh().  POSIX has long required libm to
provide those functions as well as their inverses asinh(),
acosh(), atanh().  Hence, let's just expose the libm functions
to the SQL level.  As with the trig functions, we only implement
versions for float8, not numeric.

For the moment, we'll assume that all platforms actually do have
these functions; if experience teaches otherwise, some autoconf
effort may be needed.

SQL:2016 also adds support for base-10 logarithm, but with the
function name log10(), whereas the name we've long used is log().
Add aliases named log10() for the float8 and numeric versions.

Lætitia Avrot

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB_COdguG22LO=rnxDQ2DW1uzv8aQoUzyDQNJjrR4k00XSgm5w@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-12 15:55:09 -04:00
Tom Lane 1a83a80a2f Allow fractional input values for integer GUCs, and improve rounding logic.
Historically guc.c has just refused examples like set work_mem = '30.1GB',
but it seems more useful for it to take that and round off the value to
some reasonable approximation of what the user said.  Just rounding to
the parameter's native unit would work, but it would lead to rather
silly-looking settings, such as 31562138kB for this example.  Instead
let's round to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit (if any),
producing 30822MB.

Also, do the units conversion math in floating point and round to integer
(if needed) only at the end.  This produces saner results for inputs that
aren't exact multiples of the parameter's native unit, and removes another
difference in the behavior for integer vs. float parameters.

In passing, document the ability to use hex or octal input where it
ought to be documented.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-11 19:13:55 -04:00
Tom Lane d9c5e9629b Give up on testing guc.c's behavior for "infinity" inputs.
Further buildfarm testing shows that on the machines that are failing
ac75959cd's test case, what we're actually getting from strtod("-infinity")
is a syntax error (endptr == value) not ERANGE at all.  This test case
is not worth carrying two sets of expected output for, so just remove it,
and revert commit b212245f9's misguided attempt to work around the platform
dependency.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1h33xk-0001Og-Gs@gemulon.postgresql.org
2019-03-11 17:53:09 -04:00
Andres Freund c2fe139c20 tableam: Add and use scan APIs.
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:

1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
   introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
   individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
   HeapScanDesc.

   The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
   replaced with a table_ version.

   There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
   a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
   table_scan_getnextslot().  But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
   it's still used widely to access catalog tables.

   This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
   scan_getnextslot callbacks.

2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
   to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
   that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
   callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
   ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.

   As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
   block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
   provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
   intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
   table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
   operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.

3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
   there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
   store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
   sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
   subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).

   The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
   reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
   retrieve an indexed tuple.  Note that index_fetch_tuple
   implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
   tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
   currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
   appropriate.

   Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
   to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
   that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
   have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
   through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
   calls and working directly with HeapTuples).

   Index scans now store the result of a search in
   IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
   target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.

To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:

a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
   slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
   type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
   upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
   tables, etc.

   While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
   call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
   also would have been needed to be adapted for
   table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.

b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
   currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
   places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
   slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).

Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:

I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
   internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
   systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
   foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
   slots.

The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 12:46:41 -07:00
Amit Kapila a6e48da088 Fix typos in commit 8586bf7ed8.
Author: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KNv1Mg2krf4E9ssWFnE=8A9mZ1VbVywXBZTFSzb+wP2g@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-11 09:58:46 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera af38498d4c Move hash_any prototype from access/hash.h to utils/hashutils.h
... as well as its implementation from backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c to
backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c.

access/hash is the place for the hash index AM, not really appropriate
for generic facilities, which is what hash_any is; having things the old
way meant that anything using hash_any had to include the AM's include
file, pointlessly polluting its namespace with unrelated, unnecessary
cruft.

Also move the HTEqual strategy number to access/stratnum.h from
access/hash.h.

To avoid breaking third-party extension code, add an #include
"utils/hashutils.h" to access/hash.h.  (An easily removed line by
committers who enjoy their asbestos suits to protect them from angry
extension authors.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901251935.ser5e4h6djt2@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 13:17:50 -03:00
Tom Lane b212245f96 In guc.c, ignore ERANGE errors from strtod().
Instead, just proceed with the infinity or zero result that it should
return for overflow/underflow.  This avoids a platform dependency,
in that various versions of strtod are inconsistent about whether they
signal ERANGE for a value that's specified as infinity.

It's possible this won't be enough to remove the buildfarm failures
we're seeing from ac75959cd, in which case I'll take out the infinity
test case that commit added.  But first let's see if we can fix it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1h33xk-0001Og-Gs@gemulon.postgresql.org
2019-03-11 11:25:26 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 3c06715447 Remove unused macro
Use was removed in 25ca5a9a54.
2019-03-11 09:29:50 +01:00
Tom Lane cbccac371c Reduce the default value of autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay to 2ms.
This is a better way to implement the desired change of increasing
autovacuum's default resource consumption.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28720.1552101086@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-10 15:16:21 -04:00
Tom Lane 52985e4fea Revert "Increase the default vacuum_cost_limit from 200 to 2000"
This reverts commit bd09503e63.

Per discussion, it seems like what we should do instead is to
reduce the default value of autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay by the
same factor.  That's functionally equivalent as long as the
platform can accurately service the smaller delay request, which
should be true on anything released in the last 10 years or more.
And smaller, more-closely-spaced delays are better in terms of
providing a steady I/O load.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28720.1552101086@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-10 15:05:25 -04:00
Tom Lane caf626b2cd Convert [autovacuum_]vacuum_cost_delay into floating-point GUCs.
This change makes it possible to specify sub-millisecond delays,
which work well on most modern platforms, though that was not true
when the cost-delay feature was designed.

To support this without breaking existing configuration entries,
improve guc.c to allow floating-point GUCs to have units.  Also,
allow "us" (microseconds) as an input/output unit for time-unit GUCs.
(It's not allowed as a base unit, at least not yet.)

Likewise change the autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay reloption to be
floating-point; this forces a catversion bump because the layout of
StdRdOptions changes.

This patch doesn't in itself change the default values or allowed
ranges for these parameters, and it should not affect the behavior
for any already-allowed setting for them.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-10 15:01:39 -04:00
Tom Lane 28a65fc360 Include GUC's unit, if it has one, in out-of-range error messages.
This should reduce confusion in cases where we've applied a units
conversion, so that the number being reported (and the quoted range
limits) are in some other units than what the user gave in the
setting we're rejecting.

Some of the changes here assume that float GUCs can have units,
which isn't true just yet, but will be shortly.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3811.1552169665@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-10 13:18:17 -04:00
Tom Lane ac75959cdc Disallow NaN as a value for floating-point GUCs.
None of the code that uses GUC values is really prepared for them to
hold NaN, but parse_real() didn't have any defense against accepting
such a value.  Treat it the same as a syntax error.

I haven't attempted to analyze the exact consequences of setting any
of the float GUCs to NaN, but since they're quite unlikely to be good,
this seems like a back-patchable bug fix.

Note: we don't need an explicit test for +-Infinity because those will
be rejected by existing range checks.  I added a regression test for
that in HEAD, but not older branches because the spelling of the value
in the error message will be platform-dependent in branches where we
don't always use port/snprintf.c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-10 12:59:16 -04:00
Magnus Hagander 6b9e875f72 Track block level checksum failures in pg_stat_database
This adds a column that counts how many checksum failures have occurred
on files belonging to a specific database. Both checksum failures
during normal backend processing and those created when a base backup
detects a checksum failure are counted.

Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed by: Julien Rouhaud
2019-03-09 10:47:30 -08:00
Noah Misch 3c5926301a Avoid some table rewrites for ALTER TABLE .. SET DATA TYPE timestamp.
When the timezone is UTC, timestamptz and timestamp are binary coercible
in both directions.  See b8a18ad485 and
c22ecc6562 for the previous attempt in
this problem space.  Skip the table rewrite; for now, continue to
needlessly rewrite any index on an affected column.

Reviewed by Simon Riggs and Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190226061450.GA1665944@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-03-08 20:16:27 -08:00
Michael Paquier 82a5649fb9 Tighten use of OpenTransientFile and CloseTransientFile
This fixes two sets of issues related to the use of transient files in
the backend:
1) OpenTransientFile() has been used in some code paths with read-write
flags while read-only is sufficient, so switch those calls to be
read-only where necessary.  These have been reported by Joe Conway.
2) When opening transient files, it is up to the caller to close the
file descriptors opened.  In error code paths, CloseTransientFile() gets
called to clean up things before issuing an error.  However in normal
exit paths, a lot of callers of CloseTransientFile() never actually
reported errors, which could leave a file descriptor open without
knowing about it.  This is an issue I complained about a couple of
times, but never had the courage to write and submit a patch, so here we
go.

Note that one frontend code path is impacted by this commit so as an
error is issued when fetching control file data, making backend and
frontend to be treated consistently.

Reported-by: Joe Conway, Michael Paquier
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Georgios Kokolatos, Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190301023338.GD1348@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c49b69ec-e2f7-ff33-4f17-0eaa4f2cef27@joeconway.com
2019-03-09 08:50:55 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 2e616dee9e Fix crash with old libxml2
Certain libxml2 versions (such as the 2.7.6 commonly seen in older
distributions, but apparently only on x86_64) contain a bug that causes
xmlCopyNode, when called on a XML_DOCUMENT_NODE, to return a node that
xmlFreeNode crashes on.  Arrange to call xmlFreeDoc instead of
xmlFreeNode for those nodes.

Per buildfarm members lapwing and grison.

Author: Pavel Stehule, light editing by Álvaro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190308024436.GA2374@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-08 19:13:25 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 251cf2e27b Fix minor deficiencies in XMLTABLE, xpath(), xmlexists()
Correctly process nodes of more types than previously.  In some cases,
nodes were being ignored (nothing was output); in other cases, trying to
return them resulted in errors about unrecognized nodes.  In yet other
cases, necessary escaping (of XML special characters) was not being
done.  Fix all those (as far as the authors could find) and add
regression tests cases verifying the new behavior.

I (Álvaro) was of two minds about backpatching these changes.  They do
seem bugfixes that would benefit most users of the affected functions;
but on the other hand it would change established behavior in minor
releases, so it seems prudent not to.

Authors: Pavel Stehule, Markus Winand, Chapman Flack
Discussion:
   https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRA6J25CtAZ2TuRvxK3gat7-bBUYh0rfE2yM7Hj9GD14Dg@mail.gmail.com
   https://postgr.es/m/8BDB0627-2105-4564-AA76-7849F028B96E@winand.at

The elephant in the room as pointed out by Chapman Flack, not fixed in
this commit, is that we still have XMLTABLE operating on XPath 1.0
instead of the standard-mandated XQuery (or even its subset XPath 2.0).
Fixing that is a major undertaking, however.
2019-03-07 18:16:34 -03:00
Robert Haas 898e5e3290 Allow ATTACH PARTITION with only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.

To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc.  If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued.  To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.

Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer.  The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning.  Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times.  Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency.  This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view.  Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.

For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point.  Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started.  We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch.  There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.

Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution.  So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly.  There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.

This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc.  That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends.  Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends.  There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.

Patch by me.  Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-07 11:13:12 -05:00
Andres Freund 8586bf7ed8 tableam: introduce table AM infrastructure.
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
  ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
  CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.

Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.

Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.

Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.

Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs.  It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.

For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.

Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.

Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
    https://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-06 09:54:38 -08:00
Andrew Dunstan bd09503e63 Increase the default vacuum_cost_limit from 200 to 2000
The original 200 default value was set back in f425b605f4 when the cost
delay settings were first added.  Hardware has improved quite a bit since
then and we've also made improvements such as sorting buffers during
checkpoints (9cd00c457e) which should result in less random writes.

This low default value was reportedly causing problems with badly
configured servers and in the absence of a native method to remove
excessive bloat from tables without incurring an AccessExclusiveLock, this
often made cleaning up the damage caused by badly configured auto-vacuums
difficult.

It seems more likely that someone will notice that auto-vacuum is running
too quickly than too slowly, so let's go all out and multiple the default
value for the setting by 10.  With the default vacuum_cost_page_dirty and
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay (assuming a page size of 8192 bytes), this
allows autovacuum a theoretical maximum dirty write rate of around 39MB/s
instead of just 3.9MB/s.

Author: David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_YbXC2qTMPyCbmsPiKvZYwpuQNQMohiRXLj1r=8_rYvw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-06 09:10:12 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera b96f6b1948 pg_partition_ancestors
Adds another introspection feature for partitioning, necessary for
further psql patches.

Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190226222757.GA31622@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-04 16:14:29 -03:00
Michael Paquier 3422955735 Consider only relations part of partition trees in partition functions
This changes the partition functions so as tables and indexes which are
not part of partition trees are handled the same way as what is done for
undefined objects and unsupported relkinds: pg_partition_tree() returns
no rows and pg_partition_root() returns a NULL result.  Hence,
partitioned tables, partitioned indexes and relations whose flag
pg_class.relispartition is set are considered as valid objects to
process.

Previously, tables and indexes not included in a partition tree were
processed the same way as a partition or a partitioned table, which
caused the functions to return inconsistent results for inherited
tables, especially when inheriting from multiple tables.

Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190228193203.GA26151@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-02 18:18:59 +09:00
Michael Paquier 0f3cdf873e Make pg_partition_tree return no rows on unsupported and undefined objects
The function was tweaked so as it returned one row full of NULLs when
working on an unsupported relkind or an undefined object as of cc53123,
and after discussion with Amit and Álvaro it looks more natural to make
it return no rows.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190227184808.GA17357@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-01 09:07:07 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 3f61999cc9 Merge near-duplicate code in RI triggers
Merge ri_setnull and ri_setdefault into one function ri_set.  These
functions were to a large part identical.

This is a continuation in spirit of
4797f9b519.

Author: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0ccdd3e1-10b0-dd05-d8a7-183507c11eb1%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-28 20:35:55 +01:00
Tom Lane c94fb8e8ac Standardize some more loops that chase down parallel lists.
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so.  Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.

The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.

There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort.  Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure.  So I'll leave that question for another day.

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-28 14:25:01 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 0a271df705 Clean up some variable names in ri_triggers.c
There was a mix of old_slot/oldslot, new_slot/newslot.  Since we've
changed everything from row to slot, we might as well take this
opportunity to clean this up.

Also update some more comments for the slot change.
2019-02-28 15:29:00 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 554ebf6878 Compact for loops
Declare loop variable in for loop, for readability and to save space.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0ccdd3e1-10b0-dd05-d8a7-183507c11eb1%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-28 11:06:33 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 05d604718f Reduce comments
Reduce the vertical space used by comments in ri_triggers.c, making
the file longer and more tedious to read than it needs to be.  Update
some comments to use a more common style.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0ccdd3e1-10b0-dd05-d8a7-183507c11eb1%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-28 11:06:33 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 0afdecc1e5 Remove unnecessary unused MATCH PARTIAL code
ri_triggers.c spends a lot of space catering to a not-yet-implemented
MATCH PARTIAL option.  An actual implementation would probably not use
the existing code structure anyway, so let's just simplify this for
now.

First, have ri_FetchConstraintInfo() check that riinfo->confmatchtype
is valid.  Then we don't have to repeat that everywhere.

In the various referential action functions, we don't need to pay
attention to the match type at all right now, so remove all that code.
A future MATCH PARTIAL implementation would probably have some
conditions added to the present code, but it won't need an entirely
separate switch branch in each case.

In RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(), reorganize the code to make it
much simpler.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0ccdd3e1-10b0-dd05-d8a7-183507c11eb1%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-28 11:06:33 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 22c0d52b8d Update comment
for ff11e7f4b9
2019-02-28 10:43:00 +01:00
Michael Paquier b3a156858a Improve documentation of data_sync_retry
Reflecting an updated parameter value requires a server restart, which
was not mentioned in the documentation and in postgresql.conf.sample.

Reported-by: Thomas Poty
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15659-0cd812f13027a2d8@postgresql.org
2019-02-28 11:02:11 +09:00
Andres Freund ff11e7f4b9 Use slots in trigger infrastructure, except for the actual invocation.
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.

As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.

As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.

Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-26 20:31:38 -08:00
Thomas Munro 29ddb548f6 Fix inconsistent out-of-memory error reporting in dsa.c.
Commit 16be2fd1 introduced the flag DSA_ALLOC_NO_OOM to control whether
the DSA allocator would raise an error or return InvalidDsaPointer on
failure to allocate.  One edge case was not handled correctly: if we
fail to allocate an internal "span" object for a large allocation, we
would always return InvalidDsaPointer regardless of the flag; a caller
not expecting that could then dereference a null pointer.

This is a plausible explanation for a one-off report of a segfault.

Remove a redundant pair of braces so that all three stanzas that handle
DSA_ALLOC_NO_OOM match in style, for visual consistency.

While fixing inconsistencies, if FreePageManagerGet() can't supply the
pages that our book-keeping says it should be able to supply, then we
should always report a FATAL error.  Previously we treated that as a
regular allocation failure in one code path, but as a FATAL condition
in another.

Back-patch to 10, where dsa.c landed.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Jakub Glapa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2oPqXxyWQ-1o60tpOLrwkw=VpgNXqqF1VN2EyO9zKGQw@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-25 11:11:40 +13:00
Tom Lane 0c7d537930 Move estimate_hashagg_tablesize to selfuncs.c, and widen result to double.
It seems to make more sense for this to be in selfuncs.c, since it's
largely a statistical-estimation thing, and it's related to other
functions like estimate_hash_bucket_stats that are there.

While at it, change the result type from Size to double.  Perhaps at one
point it was impossible for the result to overflow an integer, but
I've got no confidence in that proposition anymore.  Nothing's actually
done with the result except to compare it to a work_mem-based limit,
so as long as we don't get an overflow on the way to that comparison,
things should be fine even with very large dNumGroups.

Code movement proposed by Antonin Houska, type change by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25767.1549359615@localhost
2019-02-21 14:59:12 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut f9692a769b Hide other user's pg_stat_ssl rows
Change pg_stat_ssl so that an unprivileged user can only see their own
rows; other rows will be all null.  This makes the behavior consistent
with pg_stat_activity, where information about where the connection
came from is also restricted.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/63117976-d02c-c8e2-3aef-caa31a5ab8d3%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-21 19:51:52 +01:00
Robert Haas 1bb5e78218 Move code for managing PartitionDescs into a new file, partdesc.c
This is similar in spirit to the existing partbounds.c file in the
same directory, except that there's a lot less code in the new file
created by this commit.  Pending work in this area proposes to add a
bunch more code related to PartitionDescs, though, and this will give
us a good place to put it.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZUwPf_uanjF==gTGBMJrn8uCq52XYvAEorNkLrUdoawg@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-21 11:45:02 -05:00
Michael Paquier 56fadbedbd Mark correctly initial slot snapshots with MVCC type when built
When building an initial slot snapshot, snapshots are marked with
historic MVCC snapshots as type with the marker field being set in
SnapBuildBuildSnapshot() but not overriden in SnapBuildInitialSnapshot().
Existing callers of SnapBuildBuildSnapshot() do not care about the type
of snapshot used, but extensions calling it actually may, as reported.

While on it, mark correctly the snapshot type when importing one.  This
is cosmetic as the field is enforced to 0.

Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23215.1527665193@localhost
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2019-02-20 12:31:07 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 90cfa49003 Use varargs macro for CACHEDEBUG
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
2019-02-19 11:42:39 +01:00
Tom Lane 608b167f9f Allow user control of CTE materialization, and change the default behavior.
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it).  This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.

Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query.  Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.

Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free.  By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED.  Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.

Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-16 16:11:12 -05:00
Tom Lane 02a6a54ecd Make use of compiler builtins and/or assembly for CLZ, CTZ, POPCNT.
Test for the compiler builtins __builtin_clz, __builtin_ctz, and
__builtin_popcount, and make use of these in preference to
handwritten C code if they're available.  Create src/port
infrastructure for "leftmost one", "rightmost one", and "popcount"
so as to centralize these decisions.

On x86_64, __builtin_popcount generally won't make use of the POPCNT
opcode because that's not universally supported yet.  Provide code
that checks CPUID and then calls POPCNT via asm() if available.
This requires indirecting through a function pointer, which is
an annoying amount of overhead for a one-instruction operation,
but it's probably not worth working harder than this for our
current use-cases.

I'm not sure we've found all the existing places that could profit
from this new infrastructure; but we at least touched all the
ones that used copied-and-pasted versions of the bitmapset.c code,
and got rid of multiple copies of the associated constant arrays.

While at it, replace c-compiler.m4's one-per-builtin-function
macros with a single one that can handle all the cases we need
to worry about so far.  Also, because I'm paranoid, make those
checks into AC_LINK checks rather than just AC_COMPILE; the
former coding failed to verify that libgcc has support for the
builtin, in cases where it's not inline code.

David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-15 23:22:33 -05:00
Tom Lane e89f14e2bb Refactor index cost estimation functions in view of IndexClause changes.
Get rid of deconstruct_indexquals() in favor of just iterating over the
IndexClause list directly.  The extra services that that function used to
provide, such as hiding clause commutation and associating the right index
column with each clause, are no longer useful given the new data structure.
I'd originally thought that it'd provide a useful amount of abstraction
by freeing callers from paying attention to the exact clause type of each
indexqual, but that hope proves to have been vain, because few callers can
ignore the semantic differences between different clause types.  Indeed,
removing it results in a net code savings, and probably some cycles shaved
by not having to build an extra list-of-structs data structure.

Also, export a few formerly-static support functions, with the goal
of allowing extension AMs to write functionality equivalent to
genericcostestimate() without pointless code duplication.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-15 13:05:19 -05:00
Tom Lane 8fd3fdd85a Simplify the planner's new representation of indexable clauses a little.
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is.  It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.

In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case.  I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0.  In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking).  So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-14 19:37:30 -05:00
Tom Lane 49fa99e54e Move pattern selectivity code from selfuncs.c to like_support.c.
While at it, refactor patternsel() a bit so that it can be used from
the LIKE/regex planner support functions as well.  This makes the
planner able to deal equally well with either operator or function
syntax for these operations.  I'm not excited about that as a feature
in itself, but it provides a nice model for extensions to follow if
they want such behavior for their operations.

This change localizes the use of pattern_fixed_prefix() and
make_greater_string() so that they no longer need be exported.
(We might get pushback from extensions about that, perhaps,
in which case I'd be inclined to re-export them in a new header
file like_support.h.)

This reduces the bulk of selfuncs.c a fair amount, removing ~1370
lines or about one-sixth of that file; it's still too big, but this
is progress.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24537.1550093915@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-14 10:51:59 -05:00
Andrew Gierth 02ddd49932 Change floating-point output format for improved performance.
Previously, floating-point output was done by rounding to a specific
decimal precision; by default, to 6 or 15 decimal digits (losing
information) or as requested using extra_float_digits. Drivers that
wanted exact float values, and applications like pg_dump that must
preserve values exactly, set extra_float_digits=3 (or sometimes 2 for
historical reasons, though this isn't enough for float4).

Unfortunately, decimal rounded output is slow enough to become a
noticable bottleneck when dealing with large result sets or COPY of
large tables when many floating-point values are involved.

Floating-point output can be done much faster when the output is not
rounded to a specific decimal length, but rather is chosen as the
shortest decimal representation that is closer to the original float
value than to any other value representable in the same precision. The
recently published Ryu algorithm by Ulf Adams is both relatively
simple and remarkably fast.

Accordingly, change float4out/float8out to output shortest decimal
representations if extra_float_digits is greater than 0, and make that
the new default. Applications that need rounded output can set
extra_float_digits back to 0 or below, and take the resulting
performance hit.

We make one concession to portability for systems with buggy
floating-point input: we do not output decimal values that fall
exactly halfway between adjacent representable binary values (which
would rely on the reader doing round-to-nearest-even correctly). This
is known to be a problem at least for VS2013 on Windows.

Our version of the Ryu code originates from
https://github.com/ulfjack/ryu/ at commit c9c3fb1979, but with the
following (significant) modifications:

 - Output format is changed to use fixed-point notation for small
   exponents, as printf would, and also to use lowercase 'e', a
   minimum of 2 exponent digits, and a mandatory sign on the exponent,
   to keep the formatting as close as possible to previous output.

 - The output of exact midpoint values is disabled as noted above.

 - The integer fast-path code is changed somewhat (since we have
   fixed-point output and the upstream did not).

 - Our project style has been largely applied to the code with the
   exception of C99 declaration-after-statement, which has been
   retained as an exception to our present policy.

 - Most of upstream's debugging and conditionals are removed, and we
   use our own configure tests to determine things like uint128
   availability.

Changing the float output format obviously affects a number of
regression tests. This patch uses an explicit setting of
extra_float_digits=0 for test output that is not expected to be
exactly reproducible (e.g. due to numerical instability or differing
algorithms for transcendental functions).

Conversions from floats to numeric are unchanged by this patch. These
may appear in index expressions and it is not yet clear whether any
change should be made, so that can be left for another day.

This patch assumes that the only supported floating point format is
now IEEE format, and the documentation is updated to reflect that.

Code by me, adapting the work of Ulf Adams and other contributors.

References:
https://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=3192369

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Donald Dong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87r2el1bx6.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-13 15:20:33 +00:00
Andrew Gierth f397e08599 Use strtof() and not strtod() for float4 input.
Using strtod() creates a double-rounding problem; the input decimal
value is first rounded to the nearest double; rounding that to the
nearest float may then give an incorrect result.

An example is that 7.038531e-26 when input via strtod and then rounded
to float4 gives 0xAE43FEp-107 instead of the correct 0xAE43FDp-107.

Values output by earlier PG versions with extra_float_digits=3 should
all be read in with the same values as previously. However, values
supplied by other software using shortest representations could be
mis-read.

On platforms that lack a strtof() entirely, we fall back to the old
incorrect rounding behavior. (As strtof() is required by C99, such
platforms are considered of primarily historical interest.) On VS2013,
some workarounds are used to get correct error handling.

The regression tests now test for the correct input values, so
platforms that lack strtof() will need resultmap entries. An entry for
HP-UX 10 is included (more may be needed).

Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/871s5emitx.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87d0owlqpv.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-13 15:19:44 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut 37d9916020 More unconstify use
Replace casts whose only purpose is to cast away const with the
unconstify() macro.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/53a28052-f9f3-1808-fed9-460fd43035ab%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-13 11:50:16 +01:00
Thomas Munro 7215efdc00 Fix rare dsa_allocate() failures due to freepage.c corruption.
In a corner case, a btree page was allocated during a clean-up operation
that could cause the tracking of the largest contiguous span of free
space to get out of whack.  That was supposed to be prevented by the use
of the "soft" flag to avoid allocating internal pages during incidental
clean-up work, but the flag was ignored in the case where the FPM was
promoted from singleton format to btree format.  Repair.

Remove an obsolete comment in passing.

Back-patch to 10, where freepage.c arrived (as support for dsa.c).

Author: Robert Haas
Diagnosed-by: Thomas Munro and Robert Haas
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby, Rick Otten, Sand Stone, Arne Roland and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMAYy4%2Bw3NTBM5JLWFi8twhWK4%3Dk_5L4nV5%2BbYDSPu8r4b97Zg%40mail.gmail.com
2019-02-13 13:24:11 +13:00
Tom Lane 75c46149fc Clean up planner confusion between ncolumns and nkeycolumns.
We're only going to consider key columns when creating indexquals,
so there is no point in having the outer loops in indxpath.c iterate
further than nkeycolumns.

Doing so in match_pathkeys_to_index() is actually wrong, and would have
caused crashes by now, except that we have no index AMs supporting both
amcanorderbyop and amcaninclude.

It's also wrong in relation_has_unique_index_for().  The effect there is
to fail to prove uniqueness even when the index does prove it, if there
are extra columns.

Also future-proof examine_variable() for the day when extra columns can
be expressions, and fix what's either a thinko or just an oversight in
btcostestimate(): we should consider the number of key columns, not the
total, when deciding whether to derate correlation.

None of these things seemed important enough to risk changing in a
just-before-wrap patch, but since we're past the release wrap window,
time to fix 'em.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25526.1549847928@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-12 18:38:32 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera fe33a196de Use Getopt::Long for catalog scripts
Replace hand-rolled option parsing with the Getopt module. This is
shorter and easier to read. In passing, make some cosmetic adjustments
for consistency.

Author: John Naylor
Reviewed-by: David Fetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCvRjepXh5b2N50njN+rO_2Nzcf=jhMkKX7=79XWUKJyKA@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-12 12:22:08 -03:00
Tom Lane 74dfe58a59 Allow extensions to generate lossy index conditions.
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE.  For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions.  This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions.  As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.

A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make.  The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc.  It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient.  However, improving that situation is a separate task.

I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-11 21:26:14 -05:00
Michael Paquier ea92368cd1 Move max_wal_senders out of max_connections for connection slot handling
Since its introduction, max_wal_senders is counted as part of
max_connections when it comes to define how many connection slots can be
used for replication connections with a WAL sender context.  This can
lead to confusion for some users, as it could be possible to block a
base backup or replication from happening because other backend sessions
are already taken for other purposes by an application, and
superuser-only connection slots are not a correct solution to handle
that case.

This commit makes max_wal_senders independent of max_connections for its
handling of PGPROC entries in ProcGlobal, meaning that connection slots
for WAL senders are handled using their own free queue, like autovacuum
workers and bgworkers.

One compatibility issue that this change creates is that a standby now
requires to have a value of max_wal_senders at least equal to its
primary.  So, if a standby created enforces the value of
max_wal_senders to be lower than that, then this could break failovers.
Normally this should not be an issue though, as any settings of a
standby are inherited from its primary as postgresql.conf gets normally
copied as part of a base backup, so parameters would be consistent.

Author: Alexander Kukushkin
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Petr Jelínek, Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii
Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFh8B=nBzHQeYAu0b8fjK-AF1X4+_p6GRtwG+cCgs6Vci2uRuQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-12 10:07:56 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 78b0cac74d Remove unused macro
Last use was removed in 2c66f9924c.
2019-02-11 10:07:25 +01:00
Tom Lane a391ff3c3d Build out the planner support function infrastructure.
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.

The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days.  This commit finally fixes it.

In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible.  We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.

To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints.  Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:32:23 -05:00
Tom Lane 1fb57af920 Create the infrastructure for planner support functions.
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport".  The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.

The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do.  (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)

Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function.  Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical.  (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:08:48 -05:00
Tom Lane 1a8d5afb0d Refactor the representation of indexable clauses in IndexPaths.
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes.  This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.

We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition.  This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator.  To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo().  For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.

Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original.  This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.

Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.

This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state.  I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 17:30:43 -05:00
Tom Lane 0edef16d76 Defend against null error message reported by libxml2.
While this isn't really supposed to happen, it can occur in OOM
situations and perhaps others.  Instead of crashing, substitute
"(no message provided)".

I didn't worry about localizing this text, since we aren't
localizing anything else here; besides, if we're on the edge of
OOM, it's unlikely gettext() would work.

Report and fix by Sergio Conde Gómez in bug #15624.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15624-4dea54091a2864e6@postgresql.org
2019-02-08 13:30:42 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 08d25d7850 Add some const decorations
These mainly help understanding the function signatures better.
2019-02-08 10:13:24 +01:00
Michael Paquier 3677a0b26b Add pg_partition_root to display top-most parent of a partition tree
This is useful when looking at partition trees with multiple layers, and
combined with pg_partition_tree, it provides the possibility to show up
an entire tree by just knowing one member at any level.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181207014015.GP2407@paquier.xyz
2019-02-08 08:56:14 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 0c1f8f166c Use EXECUTE FUNCTION syntax for triggers more
Change pg_dump and ruleutils.c to use the FUNCTION keyword instead of
PROCEDURE in trigger and event trigger definitions.

This completes the pieces of the transition started in
0a63f996e0 that were kept out of
PostgreSQL 11 because of the required catversion change.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/381bef53-f7be-29c8-d977-948e389161d6@2ndquadrant.com
2019-02-07 09:21:34 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 13b89f96d0 Allow some recovery parameters to be changed with reload
Change

archive_cleanup_command
promote_trigger_file
recovery_end_command
recovery_min_apply_delay

from PGC_POSTMASTER to PGC_SIGHUP.  This did not require any further
changes.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ca28011a-cfaa-565c-d622-c1907c33ecf7%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-07 08:34:48 +01:00
Thomas Munro f1bebef60e Add shared_memory_type GUC.
Since 9.3 we have used anonymous shared mmap for our main shared memory
region, except in EXEC_BACKEND builds.  Provide a GUC so that users
can opt for System V shared memory once again, like in 9.2 and earlier.

A later patch proposes to add huge/large page support for AIX, which
requires System V shared memory and provided the motivation to revive
this possibility.  It may also be useful on some BSDs.

Author: Andres Freund (revived and documented by Thomas Munro)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR0202MB28126DB4E0B6621CC6A1A91286D90%40HE1PR0202MB2812.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2AE143D2-87D3-4AD1-AC78-CE2258230C05%40FreeBSD.org
2019-02-03 12:47:26 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 558d77f20e Renaming for new subscripting mechanism
Over at patch https://commitfest.postgresql.org/21/1062/ Dmitry wants to
introduce a more generic subscription mechanism, which allows
subscripting not only arrays but also other object types such as JSONB.
That functionality is introduced in a largish invasive patch, out of
which this internal renaming patch was extracted.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcUK4EqPAu7XRRO5CCjMwhz5zvg+rfWuLzVoxp_5sKS6=w@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-01 12:50:32 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut f60a0e9677 Add more columns to pg_stat_ssl
Add columns client_serial and issuer_dn to pg_stat_ssl.  These allow
uniquely identifying the client certificate.

Rename the existing column clientdn to client_dn, to make the naming
more consistent and easier to read.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/398754d8-6bb5-c5cf-e7b8-22e5f0983caf@2ndquadrant.com/
2019-02-01 00:33:47 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut dfa774ff9a Fix a crash in logical replication
The bug was that determining which columns are part of the replica
identity index using RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap() would run
eval_const_expressions() on index expressions and predicates across
all indexes of the table, which in turn might require a snapshot, but
there wasn't one set, so it crashes.  There were actually two separate
bugs, one on the publisher and one on the subscriber.

To trigger the bug, a table that is part of a publication or
subscription needs to have an index with a predicate or expression
that lends itself to constant expressions simplification.

The fix is to avoid the constant expressions simplification in
RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), so that it becomes safe to call in these
contexts.  The constant expressions simplification comes from the
calls to RelationGetIndexExpressions()/RelationGetIndexPredicate() via
BuildIndexInfo().  But RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap() calling
BuildIndexInfo() is overkill.  The latter just takes pg_index catalog
information, packs it into the IndexInfo structure, which former then
just unpacks again and throws away.  We can just do this directly with
less overhead and skip the troublesome calls to
eval_const_expressions().  This also removes the awkward
cross-dependency between relcache.c and index.c.

Bug: #15114
Reported-by: Петър Славов <pet.slavov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/152110589574.1223.17983600132321618383@wrigleys.postgresql.org/
2019-01-30 08:49:54 +01:00
Tom Lane f09346a9c6 Refactor planner's header files.
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h.  This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.

The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.

This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match.  There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:48:51 -05:00
Tom Lane a1b8c41e99 Make some small planner API cleanups.
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.

While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.

Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to.  They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection.  The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:26:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut e77cfa54d7 Fix pg_stat_ssl.clientdn
Return null if there is no client certificate.  This is how it has
always been documented, but in reality it returned an empty string.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/398754d8-6bb5-c5cf-e7b8-22e5f0983caf@2ndquadrant.com/
2019-01-29 13:06:33 +01:00
Tom Lane 4be058fe9e In the planner, replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE.
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner.  It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it.  prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer.  We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about.  Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.

For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall.  However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level.  In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.

The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before).  To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)

Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-28 17:54:23 -05:00
Andres Freund a9c35cf85c Change function call information to be variable length.
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays.  For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.

Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.

Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win.  It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.

Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.

Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.

Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.

This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-26 14:17:52 -08:00
Tom Lane ff750ce2d8 Teach nulltestsel() that system columns are never NULL.
While it's perhaps unlikely that users would write an explicit test
like "ctid IS NULL", this function is also used in range estimation,
and an incorrect answer can throw off the results for tight ranges.
Anyway it's not much code so we might as well do it.

Edmund Horner

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyN-kCa3BFUFrCTtQeprxTU1anCd3Pua7zXstGCKq4pXgjukw@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-25 11:44:26 -05:00
Tom Lane 6119060d01 Fix possibly-uninitialized-variable warning from commit 9556aa01c.
Heikki's compiler doesn't complain about end_ptr, apparently,
but mine does.

In passing, I failed to resist the temptation to remove the
no-longer-used fldnum variable, and relocate chunk_len's
declaration to a narrower scope.
2019-01-25 11:27:44 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 9556aa01c6 Use single-byte Boyer-Moore-Horspool search even with multibyte encodings.
The old implementation first converted the input strings to arrays of
wchars, and performed the conversion on those. However, the conversion is
expensive, and for a large input string, consumes a lot of memory.
Allocating the large arrays also meant that these functions could not be
used on strings larger 1 GB / pg_encoding_max_length() (256 MB for UTF-8).

Avoid the conversion, and instead use the single-byte algorithm even with
multibyte encodings. That can get fooled, if there is a matching byte
sequence in the middle of a multi-byte character, so to eliminate false
positives like that, we verify any matches by walking the string character
by character with pg_mblen(). Also, if the caller needs the position of
the match, as a character-offset, we also need to walk the string to count
the characters.

Performance testing shows that walking the whole string with pg_mblen() is
somewhat slower than converting the whole string to wchars. It's still
often a win, though, because we don't need to do it if there is no match,
and even when there is, we only need to walk up to the point where the
match is, not the whole string. Even in the worst case, there would be
room for optimization: Much of the CPU time in the current loop with
pg_mblen() is function call overhead, and could be improved by inlining
pg_mblen() and/or the encoding-specific mblen() functions. But I didn't
attempt to do that as part of this patch.

Most of the callers of text_position_setup/next functions were actually
not interested in the position of the match, counted in characters. To
cater for them, refactor the text_position_next() interface into two
parts: searching for the next match (text_position_next()), and returning
the current match's position as a pointer (text_position_get_match_ptr())
or as a character offset (text_position_get_match_pos()). Getting the
pointer to the match is a more convenient API for many callers, and with
UTF-8, it allows skipping the character-walking step altogether, because
UTF-8 can't have false matches even when treated like raw byte strings.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3173d989-bc1c-fc8a-3b69-f24246f73876%40iki.fi
2019-01-25 16:25:05 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas a5be6e9a1d Fix comments that claimed that mblen() only looks at first byte.
GB18030's mblen() function looks at the first and the second byte of the
multibyte character, to determine its length. copy.c had made the
assumption that mblen() only looks at the first byte, but it turns out to
work out fine, because of the way the GB18030 encoding works. COPY will
see a 4-byte encoded character as two 2-byte encoded characters, which is
enough for COPY's purposes. It cannot mix those up with delimiter or
escaping characters, because only single-byte ASCII characters are
supported as delimiters or escape characters.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7704d099-9643-2a55-fb0e-becd64400dcb%40iki.fi
2019-01-25 14:54:38 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas 95931133a9 Fix misc typos in comments.
Spotted mostly by Fabien Coelho.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/alpine.DEB.2.21.1901230947050.16643@lancre
2019-01-23 13:39:00 +02:00
Andres Freund 346ed70b0a Rename RelationData.rd_amroutine to rd_indam.
The upcoming table AM support makes rd_amroutine to generic, as its
only about index AMs. The new name makes that clear, and is shorter to
boot.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:36:55 -08:00
Andres Freund ebcc7bf949 Rephrase references to "time qualification".
Now that the relevant code has, for other reasons, moved out of
tqual.[ch], it seems time to refer to visiblity rather than time
qualification.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:07:10 -08:00
Andres Freund c91560defc Move remaining code from tqual.[ch] to heapam.h / heapam_visibility.c.
Given these routines are heap specific, and that there will be more
generic visibility support in via table AM, it makes sense to move the
prototypes to heapam.h (routines like HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum will
not be exposed in a generic fashion, because they are too storage
specific).

Similarly, the code in tqual.c is specific to heap, so moving it into
access/heap/ makes sense.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:07:10 -08:00
Andres Freund b7eda3e0e3 Move generic snapshot related code from tqual.h to snapmgr.h.
The code in tqual.c is largely heap specific. Due to the upcoming
pluggable storage work, it therefore makes sense to move it into
access/heap/ (as the file's header notes, the tqual name isn't very
good).

But the various statically allocated snapshot and snapshot
initialization functions are now (see previous commit) generic and do
not depend on functions declared in tqual.h anymore. Therefore move.
Also move XidInMVCCSnapshot as that's useful for future AMs, and
already used outside of tqual.c.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:06:41 -08:00
Andres Freund 63746189b2 Change snapshot type to be determined by enum rather than callback.
This is in preparation for allowing the same snapshot be used for
different table AMs. With the current callback based approach we would
need one callback for each supported AM, which clearly would not be
extensible.  Thus add a new Snapshot->snapshot_type field, and move
the dispatch into HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() (which is now a
function). Later work will then dispatch calls to
HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() and other AMs visibility functions
depending on the type of the table.  The central SnapshotType enum
also seems like a good location to centralize documentation about the
intended behaviour of various types of snapshots.

As tqual.h isn't included by bufmgr.h any more (as HeapTupleSatisfies*
isn't referenced by TestForOldSnapshot() anymore) a few files now need
to include it directly.

Author: Andres Freund, loosely based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-01-21 17:03:15 -08:00
Tom Lane 8f9e934ab7 Remove useless bms_copy step in RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap.
Seems to be from a bad case of copy-and-paste-itis in commit 665d1fad9.
It wouldn't be quite so annoying if it didn't contradict the comment
half a dozen lines above.

David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f95Dyf8Qkdz4W+PbCmT-HTb54tkqUCC8isa2RVgSJ_pXQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-21 18:33:41 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 1755440935 Flush relcache entries when their FKs are meddled with
Back in commit 100340e2dc, we made relcache entries keep lists of the
foreign keys applying to the relation -- but we forgot to update
CacheInvalidateHeapTuple to flush those entries when new FKs got created
or existing ones updated/deleted.  No bugs appear to have been reported
that would be explained by this ommission, but I noticed the problem
while working on an unrelated bugfix which clearly showed it.  Fix by
adding relcache flush on relevant foreign key changes.

Backpatch to 9.6, like the aforementioned commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901211927.7mmhschxlejh@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
2019-01-21 19:34:11 -03:00
Andres Freund e7cc78ad43 Remove superfluous tqual.h includes.
Most of these had been obsoleted by 568d4138c / the SnapshotNow
removal.

This is is preparation for moving most of tqual.[ch] into either
snapmgr.h or heapam.h, which in turn is in preparation for pluggable
table AMs.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 12:15:02 -08:00
Andres Freund e0c4ec0728 Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 10:51:37 -08:00
Andres Freund 111944c5ee Replace heapam.h includes with {table, relation}.h where applicable.
A lot of files only included heapam.h for relation_open, heap_open etc
- replace the heapam.h include in those files with the narrower
header.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 10:51:37 -08:00
Magnus Hagander 0301db623d Replace @postgresql.org with @lists.postgresql.org for mailinglists
Commit c0d0e54084 replaced the ones in the documentation, but missed out
on the ones in the code. Replace those as well, but unlike c0d0e54084,
don't backpatch the code changes to avoid breaking translations.
2019-01-19 19:06:35 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 0080396dad Refactor duplicate code into DeconstructFkConstraintRow
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code (in tablecmds.c) to obtain
data from a pg_constraint row for a foreign key, that already existed in
ri_triggers.c.  Split it out into its own routine in pg_constraint.c,
where it naturally belongs.

No functional code changes, only code movement.

Backpatch to pg11, because a future bugfix is simpler after this.
2019-01-18 14:59:44 -03:00
Tom Lane 1c53c4dec3 Finish reverting "recheck_on_update" patch.
This reverts commit c203d6cf8 and some follow-on fixes, completing the
task begun in commit 5d28c9bd7.  If that feature is ever resurrected,
the code will look quite a bit different from this, so it seems best
to start from a clean slate.

The v11 branch is not touched; in that branch, the recheck_on_update
storage option remains present, but nonfunctional and undocumented.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114223409.3tcvejfhlvbucrv5@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-15 12:07:10 -05:00
Andres Freund 0944ec54de Don't include genam.h from execnodes.h and relscan.h anymore.
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers).  There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.

As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.

Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 17:02:12 -08:00
Andres Freund 4c850ecec6 Don't include heapam.h from others headers.
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.

heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.

Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.

As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 16:24:41 -08:00
Andres Freund de66987adb Re-add default_with_oids GUC to avoid breaking old dump files.
After 578b229718 / the removal of WITH OIDS support, older dump files
containing
    SET default_with_oids = false;
either report unnecessary errors (as the subsequent tables have no
oids) or even fail to restore entirely (when using transaction mode).
To avoid that, re-add the GUC, but don't allow setting it to true.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Author: Amit Khandekar, editorialized by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9dZyxrtL0rJfoNoOj6v7fJSDaXBngi9wy5XU8m-ioXhAA@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-14 15:30:24 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut 0acb3bc33a Change default of recovery_target_timeline to 'latest'
This is what one usually wants for recovery and almost always wants
for a standby.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dd2c23a-4162-8469-410f-bfe146e28c0c@2ndquadrant.com/
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2019-01-13 10:01:05 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut ff85306055 Add value 'current' for recovery_target_timeline
This value represents the default behavior of using the current
timeline.  Previously, this was represented by an empty string.

(Before the removal of recovery.conf, this setting could not be chosen
explicitly but was used when recovery_target_timeline was not
mentioned at all.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dd2c23a-4162-8469-410f-bfe146e28c0c@2ndquadrant.com/
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2019-01-11 11:02:03 +01:00
Tom Lane eaf0380ecc Fix C++ compile failures in headers.
Avoid using "typeid" as a parameter name in header files, since that
is a C++ keyword.  These cases were introduced recently, in 04fe805a1
and 586b98fdf.

Since I'm an incurable neatnik, also rename these parameters in the
underlying function definitions.  That's not really necessary per
project rules, but I don't like function declarations that don't
quite agree with the underlying definitions.

Per src/tools/pginclude/cpluspluscheck.
2019-01-10 14:07:01 -05:00
Tom Lane 8ff5f824dc Reduce the size of the fmgr_builtin_oid_index[] array.
This index array was originally defined to have 10000 entries (ranging
up to FirstGenbkiObjectId), but we really only need entries up to the
last existing builtin function OID, currently 6121.  That saves close
to 8K of never-accessed space in the server executable, at the small
price of one more fetch in fmgr_isbuiltin().

We could reduce the array size still further by renumbering a few of
the highest-numbered builtin functions; but there's a small risk of
breaking clients that have chosen to hardwire those function OIDs,
so it's not clear if it'd be worth the trouble.  (We should, however,
discourage future patches from choosing function OIDs above 6K as long
as there's still lots of space below that.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12359.1547063064@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-09 15:22:43 -05:00
Tom Lane afb0d0712f Replace the data structure used for keyword lookup.
Previously, ScanKeywordLookup was passed an array of string pointers.
This had some performance deficiencies: the strings themselves might
be scattered all over the place depending on the compiler (and some
quick checking shows that at least with gcc-on-Linux, they indeed
weren't reliably close together).  That led to very cache-unfriendly
behavior as the binary search touched strings in many different pages.
Also, depending on the platform, the string pointers might need to
be adjusted at program start, so that they couldn't be simple constant
data.  And the ScanKeyword struct had been designed with an eye to
32-bit machines originally; on 64-bit it requires 16 bytes per
keyword, making it even more cache-unfriendly.

Redesign so that the keyword strings themselves are allocated
consecutively (as part of one big char-string constant), thereby
eliminating the touch-lots-of-unrelated-pages syndrome.  And get
rid of the ScanKeyword array in favor of three separate arrays:
uint16 offsets into the keyword array, uint16 token codes, and
uint8 keyword categories.  That reduces the overhead per keyword
to 5 bytes instead of 16 (even less in programs that only need
one of the token codes and categories); moreover, the binary search
only touches the offsets array, further reducing its cache footprint.
This also lets us put the token codes somewhere else than the
keyword strings are, which avoids some unpleasant build dependencies.

While we're at it, wrap the data used by ScanKeywordLookup into
a struct that can be treated as an opaque type by most callers.
That doesn't change things much right now, but it will make it
less painful to switch to a hash-based lookup method, as is being
discussed in the mailing list thread.

Most of the change here is associated with adding a generator
script that can build the new data structure from the same
list-of-PG_KEYWORD header representation we used before.
The PG_KEYWORD lists that plpgsql and ecpg used to embed in
their scanner .c files have to be moved into headers, and the
Makefiles have to be taught to invoke the generator script.
This work is also necessary if we're to consider hash-based lookup,
since the generator script is what would be responsible for
constructing a hash table.

Aside from saving a few kilobytes in each program that includes
the keyword table, this seems to speed up raw parsing (flex+bison)
by a few percent.  So it's worth doing even as it stands, though
we think we can gain even more with a follow-on patch to switch
to hash-based lookup.

John Naylor, with further hacking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXdFVU2sgym89XPL=Lv1zOS5=EHHQ8XWNzFL=mTXkKMLw@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-06 17:02:57 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 807ae415c5 Don't create relfilenode for relations without storage
Some relation kinds had relfilenode set to some non-zero value, but
apparently the actual files did not really exist because creation was
prevented elsewhere.  Get rid of the phony pg_class.relfilenode values.

Catversion bumped, but only because the sanity_test check will fail if
run in a system initdb'd with the previous version.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181206215552.fm2ypuxq6nhpwjuc@alvherre.pgsql
2019-01-04 14:51:17 -03:00
Tom Lane d33faa285b Move the built-in conversions into the initial catalog data.
Instead of running a SQL script to create the standard conversion
functions and pg_conversion entries, put those entries into the
initial data in postgres.bki.

This shaves a few percent off the runtime of initdb, and also allows
accurate comments to be attached to the conversion functions; the
previous script labeled them with machine-generated comments that
were not quite right for multi-purpose conversion functions.
Also, we can get rid of the duplicative Makefile and MSVC perl
implementations of the generation code for that SQL script.

A functional change is that these pg_proc and pg_conversion entries
are now "pinned" by initdb.  Leaving them unpinned was perhaps a
good thing back while the conversions feature was under development,
but there seems no valid reason for it now.

Also, the conversion functions are now marked as immutable, where
before they were volatile by virtue of lacking any explicit
specification.  That seems like it was just an oversight.

To avoid using magic constants in pg_conversion.dat, extend
genbki.pl to allow encoding names to be converted, much as it
does for language, access method, etc names.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-03 19:47:53 -05:00
Tom Lane 814c9019aa Use symbolic references for pg_language OIDs in the bootstrap data.
This patch teaches genbki.pl to replace pg_language names by OIDs
in much the same way as it already does for pg_am names etc, and
converts pg_proc.dat to use such symbolic references in the prolang
column.

Aside from getting rid of a few more magic numbers in the initial
catalog data, this means that Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer needs to read
pg_language.dat, since it doesn't have to know the OID of the "internal"
language; now it's just looking for the string "internal".

No need for a catversion bump, since the contents of postgres.bki
don't actually change at all.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-03 18:38:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 97c39498e5 Update copyright for 2019
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.4
2019-01-02 12:44:25 -05:00
Michael Paquier 1707a0d2aa Remove configure switch --disable-strong-random
This removes a portion of infrastructure introduced by fe0a0b5 to allow
compilation of Postgres in environments where no strong random source is
available, meaning that there is no linking to OpenSSL and no
/dev/urandom (Windows having its own CryptoAPI).  No systems shipped
this century lack /dev/urandom, and the buildfarm is actually not
testing this switch at all, so just remove it.  This simplifies
particularly some backend code which included a fallback implementation
using shared memory, and removes a set of alternate regression output
files from pgcrypto.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181230063219.GG608@paquier.xyz
2019-01-01 20:05:51 +09:00
Tom Lane 0a6ea4001a Add a hash opclass for type "tid".
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless.  However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.

With larger relations, a merge or hash join is desirable.  We had a btree
opclass for type "tid", allowing merge joins on CTID, but no hash opclass
so that hash joins weren't possible.  Add the missing infrastructure.

This also potentially enables hash aggregation on "tid", though the
use-cases for that aren't too clear.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1853.1545453106@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-30 15:40:04 -05:00
Tom Lane 6645ad6bdd Use a separate random seed for SQL random()/setseed() functions.
Previously, the SQL random() function depended on libc's random(3),
and setseed() invoked srandom(3).  This results in interference between
these functions and backend-internal uses of random(3).  We'd never paid
too much mind to that, but in the wake of commit 88bdbd3f7 which added
log_statement_sample_rate, the interference arguably has a security
consequence: if log_statement_sample_rate is active then an unprivileged
user could probably control which if any of his SQL commands get logged,
by issuing setseed() at the right times.  That seems bad.

To fix this reliably, we need random() and setseed() to use their own
private random state variable.  Standard random(3) isn't amenable to such
usage, so let's switch to pg_erand48().  It's hard to say whether that's
more or less "random" than any particular platform's version of random(3),
but it does have a wider seed value and a longer period than are required
by POSIX, so we can hope that this isn't a big downgrade.  Also, we should
now have uniform behavior of random() across platforms, which is worth
something.

While at it, upgrade the per-process seed initialization method to use
pg_strong_random() if available, greatly reducing the predictability
of the initial seed value.  (I'll separately do something similar for
the internal uses of random().)

In addition to forestalling the possible security problem, this has a
benefit in the other direction, which is that we can now document
setseed() as guaranteeing a reproducible sequence of random() values.
Previously, because of the possibility of internal calls of random(3),
we could not promise any such thing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3859.1545849900@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-29 17:33:27 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut ae4472c619 Remove obsolete IndexIs* macros
Remove IndexIsValid(), IndexIsReady(), IndexIsLive() in favor of
accessing the index structure directly.  These macros haven't been
used consistently, and the original reason of maintaining source
compatibility with PostgreSQL 9.2 is gone.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d419147c-09d4-6196-5d9d-0234b230880a%402ndquadrant.com
2018-12-27 10:07:46 +01:00
Tom Lane 5bbee34d9f Avoid producing over-length specific_name outputs in information_schema.
information_schema output columns that are declared as being type
sql_identifier are supposed to conform to the implementation's rules
for valid identifiers, in particular the identifier length limit.
Several places potentially violated this limit by concatenating a
function's name and OID.  (The OID is added to ensure name uniqueness
within a schema, since the spec doesn't expect function name overloading.)

Simply truncating the concatenation result to fit in "name" won't do,
since losing part of the OID might wind up giving non-unique results.
Instead, let's truncate the function name as necessary.

The most practical way to do that is to do it in a C function; the
information_schema.sql script doesn't have easy access to the value
of NAMEDATALEN, nor does it have an easy way to truncate on the basis
of resulting byte-length rather than number of characters.

(There are still a couple of places that cast concatenation results to
sql_identifier, but as far as I can see they are guaranteed not to produce
over-length strings, at least with the normal value of NAMEDATALEN.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23817.1545283477@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-20 16:21:59 -05:00
Tom Lane 2ece7c07dc Add text-vs-name cross-type operators, and unify name_ops with text_ops.
Now that name comparison has effectively the same behavior as text
comparison, we might as well merge the name_ops opfamily into text_ops,
allowing cross-type comparisons to be processed without forcing a
datatype coercion first.  We need do little more than add cross-type
operators to make the opfamily complete, and fix one or two places
in the planner that assumed text_ops was a single-datatype opfamily.

I chose to unify hash name_ops into hash text_ops as well, since the
types have compatible hashing semantics.  This allows marking the
new cross-type equality operators as oprcanhash.

(Note: this doesn't remove the name_ops opclasses, so there's no
breakage of index definitions.  Those opclasses are just reparented
into the text_ops opfamily.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-19 17:46:25 -05:00
Tom Lane 586b98fdf1 Make type "name" collation-aware.
The "name" comparison operators now all support collations, making them
functionally equivalent to "text" comparisons, except for the different
physical representation of the datatype.  They do, in fact, mostly share
the varstr_cmp and varstr_sortsupport infrastructure, which has been
slightly enlarged to handle the case.

To avoid changes in the default behavior of the datatype, set name's
typcollation to C_COLLATION_OID not DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, so that
by default comparisons to a name value will continue to use strcmp
semantics.  (This would have been the case for system catalog columns
anyway, because of commit 6b0faf723, but doing this makes it true for
user-created name columns as well.  In particular, this avoids
locale-dependent changes in our regression test results.)

In consequence, tweak a couple of places that made assumptions about
collatable base types always having typcollation DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.
I have not, however, attempted to relax the restriction that user-
defined collatable types must have that.  Hence, "name" doesn't
behave quite like a user-defined type; it acts more like a domain
with COLLATE "C".  (Conceivably, if we ever get rid of the need for
catalog name columns to be fixed-length, "name" could actually become
such a domain over text.  But that'd be a pretty massive undertaking,
and I'm not volunteering.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-19 17:46:25 -05:00
Tom Lane 6b0faf7236 Make collation-aware system catalog columns use "C" collation.
Up to now we allowed text columns in system catalogs to use collation
"default", but that isn't really safe because it might mean something
different in template0 than it means in a database cloned from template0.
In particular, this could mean that cloned pg_statistic entries for such
columns weren't entirely valid, possibly leading to bogus planner
estimates, though (probably) not any outright failures.

In the wake of commit 5e0928005, a better solution is available: if we
label such columns with "C" collation, then their pg_statistic entries
will also use that collation and hence will be valid independently of
the database collation.

This also provides a cleaner solution for indexes on such columns than
the hack added by commit 0b28ea79c: the indexes will naturally inherit
"C" collation and don't have to be forced to use text_pattern_ops.

Also, with the planned improvement of type "name" to be collation-aware,
this policy will apply cleanly to both text and name columns.

Because of the pg_statistic angle, we should also apply this policy
to the tables in information_schema.  This patch does that by adjusting
information_schema's textual domain types to specify "C" collation.
That has the user-visible effect that order-sensitive comparisons to
textual information_schema view columns will now use "C" collation
by default.  The SQL standard says that the collation of those view
columns is implementation-defined, so I think this is legal per spec.
At some point this might allow for translation of such comparisons
into indexable conditions on the underlying "name" columns, although
additional work will be needed before that can happen.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19346.1544895309@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-18 12:48:15 -05:00
Tom Lane 5e09280057 Make pg_statistic and related code account more honestly for collations.
When we first put in collations support, we basically punted on teaching
pg_statistic, ANALYZE, and the planner selectivity functions about that.
They've just used DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID independently of the actual
collation of the data.  It's time to improve that, so:

* Add columns to pg_statistic that record the specific collation associated
with each statistics slot.

* Teach ANALYZE to use the column's actual collation when comparing values
for statistical purposes, and record this in the appropriate slot.  (Note
that type-specific typanalyze functions are now expected to fill
stats->stacoll with the appropriate collation, too.)

* Teach assorted selectivity functions to use the actual collation of
the stats they are looking at, instead of just assuming it's
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.

This should give noticeably better results in selectivity estimates for
columns with nondefault collations, at least for query clauses that use
that same collation (which would be the default behavior in most cases).
It's still true that comparisons with explicit COLLATE clauses different
from the stored data's collation won't be well-estimated, but that's no
worse than before.  Also, this patch does make the first step towards
doing better with that, which is that it's now theoretically possible to
collect stats for a collation other than the column's own collation.

Patch by me; thanks to Peter Eisentraut for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14706.1544630227@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-14 12:52:49 -05:00
Andres Freund 09568ec3d3 Create a separate oid range for oids assigned by genbki.pl.
The changes I made in 578b229718 assigned oids below
FirstBootstrapObjectId to objects in include/catalog/*.dat files that
did not have an oid assigned, starting at the max oid explicitly
assigned.  Tom criticized that for mainly two reasons:
1) It's not clear which values are manually and which explicitly
   assigned.
2) The space below FirstBootstrapObjectId gets pretty crowded, and
   some PostgreSQL forks have used oids >= 9000 for their own objects,
   to avoid conflicting.

Thus create a new range for objects not assigned explicit oids, but
assigned by genbki.pl. For now 1-9999 is for explicitly assigned oids,
FirstGenbkiObjectId (10000) to FirstBootstrapObjectId (1200) -1 is for
genbki.pl assigned oids, and < FirstNormalObjectId (16384) is for oids
assigned during bootstrap.  It's possible that we'll have to adjust
these boundaries, but there's some headroom for now.

Add a note suggesting that oids in forks should be assigned in the
9000-9999 range.

Catversion bump for obvious reasons.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16845.1544393682@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-13 14:50:57 -08:00
Tom Lane 04fe805a17 Drop no-op CoerceToDomain nodes from expressions at planning time.
If a domain has no constraints, then CoerceToDomain doesn't really do
anything and can be simplified to a RelabelType.  This not only
eliminates cycles at execution, but allows the planner to optimize better
(for instance, match the coerced expression to an index on the underlying
column).  However, we do have to support invalidating the plan later if
a constraint gets added to the domain.  That's comparable to the case of
a change to a SQL function that had been inlined into a plan, so all the
necessary logic already exists for plans depending on functions.  We
need only duplicate or share that logic for domains.

ALTER DOMAIN ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT need to be taught to send out sinval
messages for the domain's pg_type entry, since those operations don't
update that row.  (ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL do update that row,
so no code change is needed for them.)

Testing this revealed what's really a pre-existing bug in plpgsql:
it caches the SQL-expression-tree expansion of type coercions and
had no provision for invalidating entries in that cache.  Up to now
that was only a problem if such an expression had inlined a SQL
function that got changed, which is unlikely though not impossible.
But failing to track changes of domain constraints breaks an existing
regression test case and would likely cause practical problems too.

We could fix that locally in plpgsql, but what seems like a better
idea is to build some generic infrastructure in plancache.c to store
standalone expressions and track invalidation events for them.
(It's tempting to wonder whether plpgsql's "simple expression" stuff
could use this code with lower overhead than its current use of the
heavyweight plancache APIs.  But I've left that idea for later.)

Other stuff fixed in passing:

* Allow estimate_expression_value() to drop CoerceToDomain
unconditionally, effectively assuming that the coercion will succeed.
This will improve planner selectivity estimates for cases involving
estimatable expressions that are coerced to domains.  We could have
done this independently of everything else here, but there wasn't
previously any need for eval_const_expressions_mutator to know about
CoerceToDomain at all.

* Use a dlist for plancache.c's list of cached plans, rather than a
manually threaded singly-linked list.  That eliminates a potential
performance problem in DropCachedPlan.

* Fix a couple of inconsistencies in typecmds.c about whether
operations on domains drop RowExclusiveLock on pg_type.  Our common
practice is that DDL operations do drop catalog locks, so standardize
on that choice.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19958.1544122124@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-13 13:24:43 -05:00
Michael Paquier cc53123bcc Tweak pg_partition_tree for undefined relations and unsupported relkinds
This fixes a crash which happened when calling the function directly
with a relation OID referring to a non-existing object, and changes the
behavior so as NULL is returned for unsupported relkinds instead of
generating an error.  This puts the new function in line with many other
system functions, and eases actions like full scans of pg_class.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181207010406.GO2407@paquier.xyz
2018-12-12 09:49:39 +09:00
Michael Paquier 730422afcd Fix some errhint and errdetail strings missing a period
As per the error message style guide of the documentation, those should
be full sentences.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://1E8D49B4-16BC-4420-B4ED-58501D9E076B@yesql.se
2018-12-07 07:47:42 +09:00
Tom Lane d2b0b60e71 Improve our response to invalid format strings, and detect more cases.
Places that are testing for *printf failure ought to include the format
string in their error reports, since bad-format-string is one of the
more likely causes of such failure.  This both makes it easier to find
and repair the mistake, and provides at least some useful info to the
user who stumbles across such a problem.

Also, tighten snprintf.c to report EINVAL for an invalid flag or
final character in a format %-spec (including the case where the
%-spec is missing a final character altogether).  This seems like
better project policy, and it also allows removing an instruction
or two from the hot code path.

Back-patch the error reporting change in pvsnprintf, since it should be
harmless and may be helpful; but not the snprintf.c change.

Per discussion of bug #15511 from Ertuğrul Kahveci, which reported an
invalid translated format string.  These changes don't fix that error,
but they should improve matters next time we make such a mistake.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15511-1d8b6a0bc874112f@postgresql.org
2018-12-06 15:08:44 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 88bdbd3f74 Add log_statement_sample_rate parameter
This allows to set a lower log_min_duration_statement value without
incurring excessive log traffic (which reduces performance).  This can
be useful to analyze workloads with lots of short queries.

Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c30ee535-ee1e-db9f-fa97-146b9f62caed@anayrat.info
2018-11-29 18:42:53 -03:00
Thomas Munro 2ac180c286 Fix minor typo in dsa.c.
Author: Takeshi Ideriha
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4E72940DA2BF16479384A86D54D0988A6F3BF22D%40G01JPEXMBKW04
2018-11-29 14:14:26 +13:00
Peter Geoghegan 1a990b207b Have BufFileSize() ereport() on FileSize() failure.
Move the responsibility for checking for and reporting a failure from
the only current BufFileSize() caller, logtape.c, to BufFileSize()
itself.  Code within buffile.c is generally responsible for interfacing
with fd.c to report irrecoverable failures.  This seems like a
convention that's worth sticking to.

Reorganizing things this way makes it easy to make the error message
raised in the event of BufFileSize() failure descriptive of the
underlying problem.  We're now clear on the distinction between
temporary file name and BufFile name, and can show errno, confident that
its value actually relates to the error being reported.  In passing, an
existing, similar buffile.c ereport() + errcode_for_file_access() site
is changed to follow the same conventions.

The API of the function BufFileSize() is changed by this commit, despite
already being in a stable release (Postgres 11).  This seems acceptable,
since the BufFileSize() ABI was changed by commit aa55183042, which
hasn't made it into a point release yet.  Besides, it's difficult to
imagine a third party BufFileSize() caller not just raising an error
anyway, since BufFile state should be considered corrupt when
BufFileSize() fails.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26974.1540826748@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11-, where shared BufFiles were introduced.
2018-11-28 14:42:54 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut f2cbffc7a6 Only allow one recovery target setting
The previous recovery.conf regime accepted multiple recovery_target*
settings and used the last one.  This does not translate well to the
general GUC system.  Specifically, under EXEC_BACKEND, the settings
are written out not in any particular order, so the order in which
they were originally set is not available to new processes.

Rather than redesign the GUC system, it was decided to abandon the old
behavior and only allow one recovery target setting.  A second setting
will cause an error.  However, it is allowed to set the same parameter
multiple times or unset a parameter and set a different one.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/27802171543235530%40iva2-6ec8f0a6115e.qloud-c.yandex.net#701a59c837ad0bf8c244344aaf3ef5a4
2018-11-28 13:55:54 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 2dedf4d9a8 Integrate recovery.conf into postgresql.conf
recovery.conf settings are now set in postgresql.conf (or other GUC
sources).  Currently, all the affected settings are PGC_POSTMASTER;
this could be refined in the future case by case.

Recovery is now initiated by a file recovery.signal.  Standby mode is
initiated by a file standby.signal.  The standby_mode setting is
gone.  If a recovery.conf file is found, an error is issued.

The trigger_file setting has been renamed to promote_trigger_file as
part of the move.

The documentation chapter "Recovery Configuration" has been integrated
into "Server Configuration".

pg_basebackup -R now appends settings to postgresql.auto.conf and
creates a standby.signal file.

Author: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen <ams@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/607741529606767@web3g.yandex.ru/
2018-11-25 16:33:40 +01:00
Tom Lane cbdb8b4c01 Fix float-to-integer coercions to handle edge cases correctly.
ftoi4 and its sibling coercion functions did their overflow checks in
a way that looked superficially plausible, but actually depended on an
assumption that the MIN and MAX comparison constants can be represented
exactly in the float4 or float8 domain.  That fails in ftoi4, ftoi8,
and dtoi8, resulting in a possibility that values near the MAX limit will
be wrongly converted (to negative values) when they need to be rejected.

Also, because we compared before rounding off the fractional part,
the other three functions threw errors for values that really ought
to get rounded to the min or max integer value.

Fix by doing rint() first (requiring an assumption that it handles
NaN and Inf correctly; but dtoi8 and ftoi8 were assuming that already),
and by comparing to values that should coerce to float exactly, namely
INTxx_MIN and -INTxx_MIN.  Also remove some random cosmetic discrepancies
between these six functions.

Per bug #15519 from Victor Petrovykh.  This should get back-patched,
but first let's see what the buildfarm thinks of it --- I'm not too
sure about portability of some of the regression test cases.

Patch by me; thanks to Andrew Gierth for analysis and discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15519-4fc785b483201ff1@postgresql.org
2018-11-23 20:57:11 -05:00
Tom Lane a314c34079 Clamp semijoin selectivity to be not more than inner-join selectivity.
We should never estimate the output of a semijoin to be more rows than
we estimate for an inner join with the same input rels and join condition;
it's obviously impossible for that to happen.  However, given the
relatively poor quality of our semijoin selectivity estimates ---
particularly, but not only, in cases where we punt and return a default
estimate --- we did often deliver such estimates.  To improve matters,
calculate both estimates inside eqjoinsel() and take the smaller one.

The bulk of this patch is just mechanical refactoring to avoid repetitive
information lookup when we call both eqjoinsel_semi and eqjoinsel_inner.
The actual new behavior is just

	selec = Min(selec, inner_rel->rows * selec_inner);

which looks a bit odd but is correct because of our different definitions
for inner and semi join selectivity.

There is one ensuing plan change in the regression tests, but it looks
reasonable enough (and checking the actual row counts shows that the
estimate moved closer to reality, not further away).

Per bug #15160 from Alexey Ermakov.  Although this is arguably a bug fix,
I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in stable branches by
back-patching.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Melanie Plageman

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152395805004.19366.3107109716821067806@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2018-11-23 12:48:49 -05:00
Thomas Munro cfdf4dc4fc Add WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH pseudo-event.
Users of the WaitEventSet and WaitLatch() APIs can now choose between
asking for WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH and then handling it explicitly, or asking
for WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH to trigger immediate exit on postmaster death.
This reduces code duplication, since almost all callers want the latter.

Repair all code that was previously ignoring postmaster death completely,
or requesting the event but ignoring it, or requesting the event but then
doing an unconditional PostmasterIsAlive() call every time through its
event loop (which is an expensive syscall on platforms for which we don't
have USE_POSTMASTER_DEATH_SIGNAL support).

Assert that callers of WaitLatchXXX() under the postmaster remember to
ask for either WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH or WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH, to prevent
future bugs.

The only process that doesn't handle postmaster death is syslogger.  It
waits until all backends holding the write end of the syslog pipe
(including the postmaster) have closed it by exiting, to be sure to
capture any parting messages.  By using the WaitEventSet API directly
it avoids the new assertion, and as a by-product it may be slightly
more efficient on platforms that have epoll().

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Heikki Linnakangas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D1TCviRykkUb69ppWLr_V697rzd1j3eZsRMmbXvETfqbQ%40mail.gmail.com,
            https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2LqHzizbe7muD7-2yHUbTOoF7Q+qkSD5Q41kuhttRTwA@mail.gmail.com
2018-11-23 20:46:34 +13:00
Tom Lane eba2ce1712 Fix another crash in json{b}_populate_recordset and json{b}_to_recordset.
populate_recordset_worker() failed to consider the possibility that the
supplied JSON data contains no rows, so that update_cached_tupdesc never
got called.  This led to a null-pointer dereference since commit 9a5e8ed28;
before that it led to a bogus "set-valued function called in context that
cannot accept a set" error.  Fix by forcing the update to happen.

Per bug #15514.  Back-patch to v11 as 9a5e8ed28 was.  (If we were excited
about the bogus error, we could perhaps go back further, but it'd take more
work to figure out how to fix it in older branches.  Given the lack of
field complaints about that aspect, I'm not excited.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15514-59d5b4c4065b178b@postgresql.org
2018-11-22 15:14:01 -05:00
Andres Freund 578b229718 Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility.
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.

This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row.  Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.

The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.

WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.

Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
  WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
  issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
  restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
  OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
  plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.

The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.

The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such.  This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.

The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.

Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).

The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.

While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.

Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-20 16:00:17 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut e73e67c719 Add settings to control SSL/TLS protocol version
For example:

    ssl_min_protocol_version = 'TLSv1.1'
    ssl_max_protocol_version = 'TLSv1.2'

Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1822da87-b862-041a-9fc2-d0310c3da173@2ndquadrant.com
2018-11-20 22:12:10 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut a568cadaff Refine some guc.c help texts
These settings apply to communication with the sending server, which
is not necessarily a primary.

Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
2018-11-20 06:38:34 +01:00
Robert Haas 7ee5f88e65 Reduce unnecessary list construction in RelationBuildPartitionDesc.
The 'partoids' list which was constructed by the previous version
of this code was necessarily identical to 'inhoids'.  There's no
point to duplicating the list, so avoid that.  Instead, construct
the array representation directly from the original 'inhoids' list.

Also, use an array rather than a list for 'boundspecs'.  We know
exactly how many items we need to store, so there's really no
reason to use a list.  Using an array instead reduces the number
of memory allocations we perform.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Amit Langote, the
latter of whom also helped with rebasing.
2018-11-19 12:10:41 -05:00
Thomas Munro 9ccdd7f66e PANIC on fsync() failure.
On some operating systems, it doesn't make sense to retry fsync(),
because dirty data cached by the kernel may have been dropped on
write-back failure.  In that case the only remaining copy of the
data is in the WAL.  A subsequent fsync() could appear to succeed,
but not have flushed the data.  That means that a future checkpoint
could apparently complete successfully but have lost data.

Therefore, violently prevent any future checkpoint attempts by
panicking on the first fsync() failure.  Note that we already
did the same for WAL data; this change extends that behavior to
non-temporary data files.

Provide a GUC data_sync_retry to control this new behavior, for
users of operating systems that don't eject dirty data, and possibly
forensic/testing uses.  If it is set to on and the write-back error
was transient, a later checkpoint might genuinely succeed (on a
system that does not throw away buffers on failure); if the error is
permanent, later checkpoints will continue to fail.  The GUC defaults
to off, meaning that we panic.

Back-patch to all supported releases.

There is still a narrow window for error-loss on some operating
systems: if the file is closed and later reopened and a write-back
error occurs in the intervening time, but the inode has the bad
luck to be evicted due to memory pressure before we reopen, we could
miss the error.  A later patch will address that with a scheme
for keeping files with dirty data open at all times, but we judge
that to be too complicated to back-patch.

Author: Craig Ringer, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180427222842.in2e4mibx45zdth5%40alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-19 17:41:26 +13:00
Alvaro Herrera 3f2393edef Redesign initialization of partition routing structures
This speeds up write operations (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, COPY, as well
as the future MERGE) on partitioned tables.

This changes the setup for tuple routing so that it does far less work
during the initial setup and pushes more work out to when partitions
receive tuples.  PartitionDispatchData structs for sub-partitioned
tables are only created when a tuple gets routed through it.  The
possibly large arrays in the PartitionTupleRouting struct have largely
been removed.  The partitions[] array remains but now never contains any
NULL gaps.  Previously the NULLs had to be skipped during
ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), which could add a large overhead to the
cleanup when the number of partitions was large.  The partitions[] array
is allocated small to start with and only enlarged when we route tuples
to enough partitions that it runs out of space. This allows us to keep
simple single-row partition INSERTs running quickly.  Redesign

The arrays in PartitionTupleRouting which stored the tuple translation maps
have now been removed.  These have been moved out into a
PartitionRoutingInfo struct which is an additional field in ResultRelInfo.

The find_all_inheritors() call still remains by far the slowest part of
ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(). This commit just removes the other slow
parts.

In passing also rename the tuple translation maps from being ParentToChild
and ChildToParent to being RootToPartition and PartitionToRoot. The old
names mislead you into thinking that a partition of some sub-partitioned
table would translate to the rowtype of the sub-partitioned table rather
than the root partitioned table.

Authors: David Rowley and Amit Langote, heavily revised by Álvaro Herrera
Testing help from Jesper Pedersen and Kato Sho.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1RJyFquuCKRFHTdcXqoPX-PYqAd7nz=GVBwvGh4a6xA@mail.gmail.com
2018-11-16 15:01:05 -03:00
Andres Freund 1a0586de36 Introduce notion of different types of slots (without implementing them).
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.

Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots.  Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.

The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.

Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.

But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.

Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().

The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.

This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit.  The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.

While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-15 22:00:30 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera 74514bd4a5 geo_ops.c: Clarify comments and function arguments
These functions were not crystal clear about what their respective APIs
are.  Make an effort to improve that.

Emre's patch was correct AFAICT, but I (Álvaro) felt the need to improve
a few comments a bit more.  Any resulting errors are my own.

Per complaint from Coverity, Ning Yu, and Tom Lane.

Author: Emre Hasegeli, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26769.1533090136@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-11-15 12:08:03 -03:00
Thomas Munro aa55183042 Use 64 bit type for BufFileSize().
BufFileSize() can't use off_t, because it's only 32 bits wide on
some systems.  BufFile objects can have many 1GB segments so the
total size can exceed 2^31.  The only known client of the function
is parallel CREATE INDEX, which was reported to fail when building
large indexes on Windows.

Though this is technically an ABI break on platforms with a 32 bit
off_t and we might normally avoid back-patching it, the function is
brand new and thus unlikely to have been discovered by extension
authors yet, and it's fairly thoroughly broken on those platforms
anyway, so just fix it.

Defect in 9da0cc35.  Bug #15460.  Back-patch to 11, where this
function landed.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Paul van der Linden, Pavel Oskin
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15460-b6db80de822fa0ad%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHDGBJP_GsESbTt4P3FZA8kMUKuYxjg57XHF7NRBoKnR%3DCAR-g%40mail.gmail.com
2018-11-15 13:13:57 +13:00
Tom Lane 600b04d6b5 Add a timezone-specific variant of date_trunc().
date_trunc(field, timestamptz, zone_name) performs truncation using
the named time zone as reference, rather than working in the session
time zone as is the default behavior.  It's equivalent to

date_trunc(field, timestamptz at time zone zone_name) at time zone zone_name

but it's faster, easier to type, and arguably easier to understand.

Vik Fearing and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6249ffc4-2b22-4c1b-4e7d-7af84fedd7c6@2ndquadrant.com
2018-11-14 15:41:07 -05:00
Michael Paquier b52b7dc250 Refactor code creating PartitionBoundInfo
The code building PartitionBoundInfo based on the constituent partition
data read from catalogs has been located in partcache.c, with a specific
set of routines dedicated to bound types, like sorting or bound data
creation.  All this logic is moved to partbounds.c and relocates all the
bound-specific logistic into it, with partition_bounds_create() as
principal entry point.

Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3f289da8-6d10-75fe-814a-635e8b191d43@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-11-14 10:01:49 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 69ee2ff930 Apply RI trigger skipping tests also for DELETE
The tests added in cfa0f4255b to skip
firing an RI trigger if any old key value is NULL can also be applied
for DELETE.  This should give a performance gain in those cases, and it
also saves a lot of duplicate code in the actual RI triggers.  (That
code was already dead code for the UPDATE cases.)

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-11-10 16:14:51 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 34479d9a36 Remove dead foreign key optimization code
The ri_KeysEqual() calls in the foreign-key trigger functions to
optimize away some updates are useless because since
adfeef55cb those triggers are not enqueued
at all.  (It's also not useful to keep these checks as some kind of
backstop, since it's also semantically correct to just run the full
check even with equal keys.)

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-11-10 16:14:51 +01:00
Tom Lane 3d360e20c9 Disallow setting client_min_messages higher than ERROR.
Previously it was possible to set client_min_messages to FATAL or PANIC,
which had the effect of suppressing transmission of regular ERROR messages
to the client.  Perhaps that seemed like a useful option in the past, but
the trouble with it is that it breaks guarantees that are explicitly made
in our FE/BE protocol spec about how a query cycle can end.  While libpq
and psql manage to cope with the omission, that's mostly because they
are not very bright; client libraries that have more semantic knowledge
are likely to get confused.  Notably, pgODBC doesn't behave very sanely.
Let's fix this by getting rid of the ability to set client_min_messages
above ERROR.

In HEAD, just remove the FATAL and PANIC options from the set of allowed
enum values for client_min_messages.  (This change also affects
trace_recovery_messages, but that's OK since these aren't useful values
for that variable either.)

In the back branches, there was concern that rejecting these values might
break applications that are explicitly setting things that way.  I'm
pretty skeptical of that argument, but accommodate it by accepting these
values and then internally setting the variable to ERROR anyway.

In all branches, this allows a couple of tiny simplifications in the
logic in elog.c, so do that.

Also respond to the point that was made that client_min_messages has
exactly nothing to do with the server's logging behavior, and therefore
does not belong in the "When To Log" subsection of the documentation.
The "Statement Behavior" subsection is a better match, so move it there.

Jonah Harris and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7809.1541521180@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15479-ef0f4cc2fd995ca2@postgresql.org
2018-11-08 17:33:43 -05:00
Tom Lane 5d28c9bd73 Disable recheck_on_update optimization to avoid crashes.
The code added by commit c203d6cf8 causes a crash in at least one case,
where a potentially-optimizable expression index has a storage type
different from the input data type.  A cursory code review turned up
numerous other problems that seem impractical to fix on short notice.

Andres argued for revert of that patch some time ago, and if additional
senior committers had been paying attention, that's likely what would
have happened, but we were not :-(

At this point we can't just revert, at least not in v11, because that would
mean an ABI break for code touching relcache entries.  And we should not
remove the (also buggy) support for the recheck_on_update index reloption,
since it might already be used in some databases in the field.  So this
patch just does the as-little-invasive-as-possible measure of disabling
the feature as though recheck_on_update were forced off for all indexes.
I also removed the related regression tests (which would otherwise fail)
and the user-facing documentation of the reloption.

We should undertake a more thorough code cleanup if the patch can't be
fixed, but not under the extreme time pressure of being already overdue
for 11.1 release.

Per report from Ondřej Bouda and subsequent private discussion among
pgsql-release.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181106185255.776mstcyehnc63ty@alvherre.pgsql
2018-11-06 18:33:28 -05:00
Bruce Momjian b43df566b3 GUC: adjust effective_cache_size SQL descriptions
Follow on patch for commit 3e0f1a4741.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/369ec766-b947-51bd-4dad-6fb9e026439f@2ndquadrant.com

Backpatch-through: 9.4
2018-11-06 13:40:03 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 3e0f1a4741 GUC: adjust effective_cache_size docs and SQL description
Clarify that effective_cache_size is both kernel buffers and shared
buffers.

Reported-by: nat@makarevitch.org

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153685164808.22334.15432535018443165207@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 9.3
2018-11-02 09:11:00 -04:00
Magnus Hagander fbec7459aa Fix spelling errors and typos in comments
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-11-02 13:56:52 +01:00
Peter Geoghegan cb6f8a9a72 Adjust trace_sort log messages.
The project message style guide dictates: "When citing the name of an
object, state what kind of object it is".  The parallel CREATE INDEX
patch added a worker number to most of the trace_sort messages within
tuplesort.c without specifying the object type.  Bring these messages
into compliance with the style guide.

We're still treating a leader or serial Tuplesortstate as having worker
number -1.  trace_sort is a developer option, and these two cases are
highly comparable, so this seems appropriate.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8330.1540831863@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11-, where parallel CREATE INDEX was introduced.
2018-11-01 09:18:57 -07:00
Michael Paquier d5eec4eefd Add pg_partition_tree to display information about partitions
This new function is useful to display a full tree of partitions with a
partitioned table given in output, and avoids the need of any complex
WITH RECURSIVE query when looking at partition trees which are
deep multiple levels.

It returns a set of records, one for each partition, containing the
partition's name, its immediate parent's name, a boolean value telling
if the relation is a leaf in the tree and an integer telling its level
in the partition tree with given table considered as root, beginning at
zero for the root, and incrementing by one each time the scan goes one
level down.

Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Jesper Pedersen, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8d00e51a-9a51-ad02-d53e-ba6bf50b2e52@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-30 10:25:06 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 0a8590b2a0 Apply unconstify() in more places
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/08adbe4e-38f8-2c73-55f0-591392371687%402ndquadrant.com
2018-10-25 01:02:46 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 5d7c703a44 Remove get_attidentity()
All existing uses can get this information more easily from the
relation descriptor, so the detour through the syscache is not
necessary.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-10-23 14:47:14 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut c903bb7b1c Remove get_atttypmod()
This has been unused since 2004.  get_atttypetypmodcoll() is often a
better alternative.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-10-23 14:47:14 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut e6f5d1accd Drop const cast from dlsym() calls
This workaround might be obsolete.  We'll see if those "older
platforms" mentioned in the comment are still around.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/08adbe4e-38f8-2c73-55f0-591392371687%402ndquadrant.com
2018-10-23 14:35:59 +02:00
Tom Lane 350410be45 Add missing quote_identifier calls for CREATE TRIGGER ... REFERENCING.
Mixed-case names for transition tables weren't dumped correctly.
Oversight in commit 8c48375e5, per bug #15440 from Karl Czajkowski.

In passing, I couldn't resist a bit of code beautification.

Back-patch to v10 where this was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15440-02d1468e94d63d76@postgresql.org
2018-10-19 00:50:16 -04:00
Thomas Munro 197e4af9d5 Refactor pid, random seed and start time initialization.
Background workers, including parallel workers, were generating
the same sequence of numbers in random().  This showed up as DSM
handle collisions when Parallel Hash created multiple segments,
but any code that calls random() in background workers could be
affected if it cares about different backends generating different
numbers.

Repair by making sure that all new processes initialize the seed
at the same time as they set MyProcPid and MyStartTime in a new
function InitProcessGlobals(), called by the postmaster, its
children and also standalone processes.  Also add a new high
resolution MyStartTimestamp as a potentially useful by-product,
and remove SessionStartTime from struct Port as it is now
redundant.

No back-patch for now, as the known consequences so far are just
a bunch of harmless shm_open(O_EXCL) collisions.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D2eJj_6%3DB%2B2tEpGu2nf1BjthCf9nXXUouYvJJ4C5WSwhg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-10-19 13:59:28 +13:00
Tom Lane 48d818ede1 Const-ify a few more large static tables.
Per research by Andres.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-17 15:32:47 -04:00
Andres Freund 28d750c0cd Reorder FmgrBuiltin members, saving 25% in size.
That's worth it, as fmgr_builtins is frequently accessed, and as
fmgr_builtins is one of the biggest constant variables in a backend.

On most 64bit systems this will change the size of the struct from
32byte to 24bytes. While that could make indexing into the array
marginally more expensive, the higher cache hit ratio is worth more,
especially because these days fmgr_builtins isn't searched with a
binary search anymore (c.f. 212e6f34d5).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181016201145.aa2dfeq54rhqzron@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-16 14:51:18 -07:00
Tom Lane 2c300c6807 Be smarter about age-counter overflow in formatting.c caches.
The previous code here simply threw away whatever it knew about cache
entry ages whenever a counter overflow occurred.  Since the counter
is int width and will be bumped once per format function execution,
overflows are not really so rare as to not be worth thinking about.
Instead, let's deal with the situation by halving all the age values,
essentially rescaling the age metric.  In that way, we retain a
pretty accurate (if not quite perfect) idea of which entries are oldest.
2018-10-16 14:57:14 -04:00
Tom Lane fd85e9f78d Avoid statically allocating formatting.c's format string caches.
This eliminates circa 120KB of static data from Postgres' memory
footprint.  In some usage patterns that space will get allocated
anyway, but in many processes it never will be allocated.

We can improve matters further by allocating only as many cache
entries as we actually use, rather than allocating the whole array
on first use.  However, to avoid wasting lots of space due to
palloc's habit of rounding requests up to power-of-2 sizes, tweak
the maximum cacheable format string length to make the struct sizes
be powers of 2 or just less.  The sizes I chose make the maximums
a little bit less than they were before, but I doubt it matters much.

While at it, rearrange struct FormatNode to avoid wasting quite so
much padding space.  This change actually halves the size of that
struct on 64-bit machines.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-16 13:11:09 -04:00
Andres Freund 02a30a09f9 Correct constness of system attributes in heap.c & prerequisites.
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.

There's a fair number of pre-requisite changes, to allow the const
properly be propagated. Most of consts were already required for
correctness anyway, just not represented on the type-level.  Arguably
we could be more aggressive in using consts in related code, but..

This requires using a few of the types underlying typedefs that
removes pointers (e.g. const NameData *) as declaring the typedefed
type constant doesn't have the same meaning (it makes the variable
const, not what it points to).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-16 09:44:43 -07:00
Tom Lane 3dfef0c519 Avoid statically allocating gmtsub()'s timezone workspace.
localtime.c's "struct state" is a rather large object, ~23KB.  We were
statically allocating one for gmtsub() to use to represent the GMT
timezone, even though that function is not at all heavily used and is
never reached in most backends.  Let's malloc it on-demand, instead.

This does pose the question of how to handle a malloc failure, but
there's already a well-defined error report convention here, ie
set errno and return NULL.

We have but one caller of pg_gmtime in HEAD, and two in back branches,
neither of which were troubling to check for error.  Make them do so.
The possible errors are sufficiently unlikely (out-of-range timestamp,
and now malloc failure) that I think elog() is adequate.

Back-patch to all supported branches to keep our copies of the IANA
timezone code in sync.  This particular change is in a stanza that
already differs from upstream, so it's a wash for maintenance purposes
--- but only as long as we keep the branches the same.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-16 11:50:18 -04:00
Andres Freund 62649bad83 Correct constness of a few variables.
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.

There's other cases, but they're a bit more invasive, and should go
through some review. These are easy.

They were found with
objdump -j .data -t src/backend/postgres|awk '{print $4, $5, $6}'|sort -r|less

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-15 21:01:14 -07:00
Tom Lane 13cd7209f7 Simplify use of AllocSetContextCreate() wrapper macro.
We can allow this macro to accept either abbreviated or non-abbreviated
allocation parameters by making use of __VA_ARGS__.  As noted by Andres
Freund, it's unlikely that any compiler would have __builtin_constant_p
but not __VA_ARGS__, so this gives up little or no error checking, and
it avoids a minor but annoying API break for extensions.

With this change, there is no reason for anybody to call
AllocSetContextCreateExtended directly, so in HEAD I renamed it to
AllocSetContextCreateInternal.  It's probably too late for an ABI
break like that in 11, though.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181012170355.bhxi273skjt6sag4@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-12 14:26:56 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera c7d43c4d8a Correct attach/detach logic for FKs in partitions
There was no code to handle foreign key constraints on partitioned
tables in the case of ALTER TABLE DETACH; and if you happened to ATTACH
a partition that already had an equivalent constraint, that one was
ignored and a new constraint was created.  Adding this to the fact that
foreign key cloning reuses the constraint name on the partition instead
of generating a new name (as it probably should, to cater to SQL
standard rules about constraint naming within schemas), the result was a
pretty poor user experience -- the most visible failure was that just
detaching a partition and re-attaching it failed with an error such as

  ERROR:  duplicate key value violates unique constraint "pg_constraint_conrelid_contypid_conname_index"
  DETAIL:  Key (conrelid, contypid, conname)=(26702, 0, test_result_asset_id_fkey) already exists.

because it would try to create an identically-named constraint in the
partition.  To make matters worse, if you tried to drop the constraint
in the now-independent partition, that would fail because the constraint
was still seen as dependent on the constraint in its former parent
partitioned table:
  ERROR:  cannot drop inherited constraint "test_result_asset_id_fkey" of relation "test_result_cbsystem_0001_0050_monthly_2018_09"

This fix attacks the problem from two angles: first, when the partition
is detached, the constraint is also marked as independent, so the drop
now works.  Second, when the partition is re-attached, we scan existing
constraints searching for one matching the FK in the parent, and if one
exists, we link that one to the parent constraint.  So we don't end up
with a duplicate -- and better yet, we don't need to scan the referenced
table to verify that the constraint holds.

To implement this I made a small change to previously planner-only
struct ForeignKeyCacheInfo to contain the constraint OID; also relcache
now maintains the list of FKs for partitioned tables too.

Backpatch to 11.

Reported-by: Michael Vitale (bug #15425)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15425-2dbc9d2aa999f816@postgresql.org
2018-10-12 12:37:37 -03:00
Andres Freund cda6a8d01d Remove deprecated abstime, reltime, tinterval datatypes.
These types have been deprecated for a *long* time.

Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20181009192237.34wjp3nmw7oynmmr@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20171213080506.cwjkpcz3bkk6yz2u@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/25615.1513115237@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-10-11 11:59:15 -07:00
Andres Freund 86896be60e Move timeofday() implementation out of nabstime.c.
nabstime.c is about to be removed, but timeofday() isn't related to
the rest of the functionality therein, and some find it useful. Move
to timestamp.c.

Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20181009192237.34wjp3nmw7oynmmr@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20180928223240.kgwc4czzzekrpsid%40alap3.anarazel.de
2018-10-11 11:30:59 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut f8c10f616f Turn transaction_isolation into GUC enum
It was previously a string setting that was converted into an enum by
custom code, but using the GUC enum facility seems much simpler and
doesn't change any functionality, except that

    set transaction_isolation='default';

no longer works, but that was never documented and doesn't work with
any other transaction characteristics.  (Note that this is not the
same as RESET or SET TO DEFAULT, which still work.)

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/457db615-e84c-4838-310e-43841eb806e5@iki.fi
2018-10-09 21:26:00 +02:00
Michael Paquier c481016201 Add pg_ls_archive_statusdir function
This function lists the contents of the WAL archive status directory,
and is intended to be used by monitoring tools.  Unlike pg_ls_dir(),
access to it can be granted to non-superusers so that those monitoring
tools can observe the principle of least privilege.  Access is also
given by default to members of pg_monitor.

Author:  Christoph Moench-Tegeder
Reviewed-by: Aya Iwata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930205920.GA64534@elch.exwg.net
2018-10-09 22:29:09 +09:00
Thomas Munro 212fab9926 Relax transactional restrictions on ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE (redux).
Originally committed as 15bc038f (plus some follow-ups), this was
reverted in 28e07270 due to a problem discovered in parallel
workers.  This new version corrects that problem by sending the
list of uncommitted enum values to parallel workers.

Here follows the original commit message describing the change:

To prevent possibly breaking indexes on enum columns, we must keep
uncommitted enum values from getting stored in tables, unless we
can be sure that any such column is new in the current transaction.

Formerly, we enforced this by disallowing ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE
from being executed at all in a transaction block, unless the target
enum type had been created in the current transaction.  This patch
removes that restriction, and instead insists that an uncommitted enum
value can't be referenced unless it belongs to an enum type created
in the same transaction as the value.  Per discussion, this should be
a bit less onerous.  It does require each function that could possibly
return a new enum value to SQL operations to check this restriction,
but there aren't so many of those that this seems unmaintainable.

Author: Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane, with parallel query fix by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0Ei7g6PaNTbcmAh9tCRahQrk%3Dr5ZWLD-jr7hXweYX3yg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4075.1459088427%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-10-09 12:51:01 +13:00
Tom Lane 6eb3eb577d Improve snprintf.c's handling of NaN, Infinity, and minus zero.
Up to now, float4out/float8out handled NaN and Infinity cases explicitly,
and invoked psprintf only for ordinary float values.  This was done because
platform implementations of snprintf produce varying representations of
these special cases.  But now that we use snprintf.c always, it's better
to give it the responsibility to produce a uniform representation of
these cases, so that we have uniformity across the board not only in
float4out/float8out.  Hence, move that work into fmtfloat().

Also, teach fmtfloat() to recognize IEEE minus zero and handle it
correctly.  The previous coding worked only accidentally, and would
fail for e.g. "%+f" format (it'd print "+-0.00000").  Now that we're
using snprintf.c everywhere, it's not acceptable for it to do weird
things in corner cases.  (This incidentally avoids a portability
problem we've seen on some really ancient platforms, that native
sprintf does the wrong thing with minus zero.)

Also, introduce a new entry point in snprintf.c to allow float[48]out
to bypass the work of interpreting a well-known format spec, as well
as bypassing the overhead of the psprintf layer.  I modeled this API
loosely on strfromd().  In my testing, this brings float[48]out back
to approximately the same speed they had when using native snprintf,
fixing one of the main performance issues caused by using snprintf.c.

(There is some talk of more aggressive work to improve the speed of
floating-point output conversion, but these changes seem to provide
a better starting point for such work anyway.)

Getting rid of the previous ad-hoc hack for Infinity/NaN in fmtfloat()
allows removing <ctype.h> from snprintf.c's #includes.  I also removed
a few other #includes that I think are historical, though the buildfarm
may expose that as wrong.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13178.1538794717@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-10-08 12:19:20 -04:00
Tom Lane 0209f0285d Don't use is_infinite() where isinf() will do.
Places that aren't testing for sign should not use the more expensive
function; it's just wasteful, not to mention being a cognitive load
for readers who may know what isinf() is but not is_infinite().

As things stand, we actually don't need is_infinite() anyplace except
float4out/float8out, which means it could potentially go away altogether
after the changes I proposed in <13178.1538794717@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
2018-10-06 13:18:38 -04:00
Dean Rasheed e954a727f0 Improve the accuracy of floating point statistical aggregates.
When computing statistical aggregates like variance, the common
schoolbook algorithm which computes the sum of the squares of the
values and subtracts the square of the mean can lead to a large loss
of precision when using floating point arithmetic, because the
difference between the two terms is often very small relative to the
terms themselves.

To avoid this, re-work these aggregates to use the Youngs-Cramer
algorithm, which is a proven, numerically stable algorithm that
directly aggregates the sum of the squares of the differences of the
values from the mean in a single pass over the data.

While at it, improve the test coverage to test the aggregate combine
functions used during parallel aggregation.

Per report and suggested algorithm from Erich Schubert.

Patch by me, reviewed by Madeleine Thompson.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153313051300.1397.9594490737341194671@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2018-10-06 11:20:09 +01:00
Michael Paquier 9cd92d1a33 Add pg_ls_tmpdir function
This lists the contents of a temporary directory associated to a given
tablespace, useful to get information about on-disk consumption caused
by temporary files used by a session query.  By default, pg_default is
scanned, and a tablespace can be specified as argument.

This function is intended to be used by monitoring tools, and, unlike
pg_ls_dir(), access to them can be granted to non-superusers so that
those monitoring tools can observe the principle of least privilege.
Access is also given by default to members of pg_monitor.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/92F458A2-6459-44B8-A7F2-2ADD3225046A@amazon.com
2018-10-05 09:21:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier 09921f397b Refactor user-facing SQL functions signalling backends
This moves the system administration functions for signalling backends
from backend/utils/adt/misc.c into a separate file dedicated to backend
signalling.  No new functionality is introduced in this commit.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C2C7C3EC-CC5F-44B6-9C78-637C88BD7D14@yesql.se
2018-10-04 18:27:25 +09:00
Amit Kapila 9bc9f72b28 MAXALIGN the target address where we store flattened value.
The API (EOH_flatten_into) that flattens the expanded value representation
expects the target address to be maxaligned.  All it's usage adhere to that
principle except when serializing datums for parallel query.  Fix that
usage.

Diagnosed-by: Tom Lane
Author: Tom Lane and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11629.1536550032@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-10-03 09:15:03 +05:30
Tom Lane 6e35939feb Change rewriter/planner/executor/plancache to depend on RTE rellockmode.
Instead of recomputing the required lock levels in all these places,
just use what commit fdba460a2 made the parser store in the RTE fields.
This already simplifies the code measurably in these places, and
follow-on changes will remove a bunch of no-longer-needed infrastructure.

In a few cases, this change causes us to acquire a higher lock level
than we did before.  This is OK primarily because said higher lock level
should've been acquired already at query parse time; thus, we're saving
a useless extra trip through the shared lock manager to acquire a lesser
lock alongside the original lock.  The only known exception to this is
that re-execution of a previously planned SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE query,
for a table that uses ROW_MARK_REFERENCE or ROW_MARK_COPY methods, might
have gotten only AccessShareLock before.  Now it will get RowShareLock
like the first execution did, which seems fine.

While there's more to do, push it in this state anyway, to let the
buildfarm help verify that nothing bad happened.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-02 14:43:09 -04:00
Tom Lane 3d0f68dd30 Fix corner-case failures in has_foo_privilege() family of functions.
The variants of these functions that take numeric inputs (OIDs or
column numbers) are supposed to return NULL rather than failing
on bad input; this rule reduces problems with snapshot skew when
queries apply the functions to all rows of a catalog.

has_column_privilege() had careless handling of the case where the
table OID didn't exist.  You might get something like this:
	select has_column_privilege(9999,'nosuchcol','select');
	ERROR:  column "nosuchcol" of relation "(null)" does not exist
or you might get a crash, depending on the platform's printf's response
to a null string pointer.

In addition, while applying the column-number variant to a dropped
column returned NULL as desired, applying the column-name variant
did not:
	select has_column_privilege('mytable','........pg.dropped.2........','select');
	ERROR:  column "........pg.dropped.2........" of relation "mytable" does not exist
It seems better to make this case return NULL as well.

Also, the OID-accepting variants of has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege,
has_server_privilege, and has_tablespace_privilege didn't follow the
principle of returning NULL for nonexistent OIDs.  Superusers got TRUE,
everybody else got an error.

Per investigation of Jaime Casanova's report of a new crash in HEAD.
These behaviors have been like this for a long time, so back-patch to
all supported branches.

Patch by me; thanks to Stephen Frost for discussion and review

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeP=-6Gyqq5TN9OvYEydi7Fv1oGyYj650LGTnW44oAzYCg@mail.gmail.com
2018-10-02 11:54:12 -04:00
Tom Lane fdba460a26 Create an RTE field to record the query's lock mode for each relation.
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).

This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it.  The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode.  For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today.  (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)

This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.

catversion bump due to change of stored rules.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-09-30 13:55:51 -04:00
Stephen Frost 8bddc86400 Add application_name to connection authorized msg
The connection authorized message has quite a bit of useful information
in it, but didn't include the application_name (when provided), so let's
add that as it can be very useful.

Note that at the point where we're emitting the connection authorized
message, we haven't processed GUCs, so it's not possible to get this by
using log_line_prefix (which pulls from the GUC).  There's also
something to be said for having this included in the connection
authorized message and then not needing to repeat it for every line, as
having it in log_line_prefix would do.

The GUC cleans the application name to pure-ascii, so do that here too,
but pull out the logic for cleaning up a string into its own function
in common and re-use it from those places, and check_cluster_name which
was doing the same thing.

Author: Don Seiler <don@seiler.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHJZqBB_Pxv8HRfoh%2BAB4KxSQQuPVvtYCzMg7woNR3r7dfmopw%40mail.gmail.com
2018-09-28 19:04:50 -04:00
Tom Lane 2b04dfc472 Improve error reporting for unsupported effective_io_concurrency setting.
Give a specific error complaining about lack of posix_fadvise() when
someone tries to set effective_io_concurrency > 0 on platforms
without that.

This probably isn't worth extensive back-patching, but I (tgl) felt
cramming it into v11 was reasonable.

James Robinson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153771876450.14994.560017943128223619@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A3942987-5BC7-4F05-B54D-2A0EC2914B33@jlr-photo.com
2018-09-28 16:12:13 -04:00
Tom Lane aaf10f32a3 Fix assorted bugs in pg_get_partition_constraintdef().
It failed if passed a nonexistent relation OID, or one that was a non-heap
relation, because of blindly applying heap_open to a user-supplied OID.
This is not OK behavior for a SQL-exposed function; we have a project
policy that we should return NULL in such cases.  Moreover, since
pg_get_partition_constraintdef ought now to work on indexes, restricting
it to heaps is flat wrong anyway.

The underlying function generate_partition_qual() wasn't on board with
indexes having partition quals either, nor for that matter with rels
having relispartition set but yet null relpartbound.  (One wonders
whether the person who wrote the function comment blocks claiming that
these functions allow a missing relpartbound had ever tested it.)

Fix by testing relispartition before opening the rel, and by using
relation_open not heap_open.  (If any other relkinds ever grow the
ability to have relispartition set, the code will work with them
automatically.)  Also, don't reject null relpartbound in
generate_partition_qual.

Back-patch to v11, and all but the null-relpartbound change to v10.
(It's not really necessary to change generate_partition_qual at all
in v10, but I thought s/heap_open/relation_open/ would be a good
idea anyway just to keep the code in sync with later branches.)

Per report from Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180927200020.GJ776@telsasoft.com
2018-09-27 18:15:17 -04:00
Andres Freund 27e082b0c6 Clean up in the wake of TupleDescGetSlot() removal / 10763358c3.
The previous commit wasn't careful enough to remove all traces of
TupleDescGetSlot().

Besides fixing the oversight of not removing TupleDescGetSlot()'s
declaration, this also removes FuncCallContext->slot. That was
documented to be for use in combination with TupleDescGetSlot(), a
cursory search over extensions finds no users, and there doesn't seem
to be convincing reasons to keep it around. If we later in the v12
release cycle find users, we can re-consider this part of the commit.

Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180926000413.GC1659@paquier.xyz
2018-09-27 11:38:11 -07:00
Michael Paquier ba16aade33 Switch flags tracking pending interrupts to sig_atomic_t
Those previously used bool, which should be safe on any modern
platforms, however the C standard is clear that it is better to use
sig_atomic_t for variables manipulated in signal handlers.  This commit
adds at the same time PGDLLIMPORT to ClientConnectionLost.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Chris Travers, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180925011311.GD1354@paquier.xyz
2018-09-27 07:47:20 +09:00
Tom Lane d6c55de1f9 Implement %m in src/port/snprintf.c, and teach elog.c to rely on that.
I started out with the idea that we needed to detect use of %m format specs
in contexts other than elog/ereport calls, because we couldn't rely on that
working in *printf calls.  But a better answer is to fix things so that it
does work.  Now that we're using snprintf.c all the time, we can implement
%m in that and we've fixed the problem.

This requires also adjusting our various printf-wrapping functions so that
they ensure "errno" is preserved when they call snprintf.c.

Remove elog.c's handmade implementation of %m, and let it rely on
snprintf to support the feature.  That should provide some performance
gain, though I've not attempted to measure it.

There are a lot of places where we could now simplify 'printf("%s",
strerror(errno))' into 'printf("%m")', but I'm not in any big hurry
to make that happen.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-09-26 13:31:56 -04:00
Tom Lane 26e9d4d4ef Convert elog.c's useful_strerror() into a globally-used strerror wrapper.
elog.c has long had a private strerror wrapper that handles assorted
possible failures or deficiencies of the platform's strerror.  On Windows,
it also knows how to translate Winsock error codes, which the native
strerror does not.  Move all this code into src/port/strerror.c and
define strerror() as a macro that invokes it, so that both our frontend
and backend code will have all of this behavior.

I believe this constitutes an actual bug fix on Windows, since AFAICS
our frontend code did not report Winsock error codes properly before this.
However, the main point is to lay the groundwork for implementing %m
in src/port/snprintf.c: the behavior we want %m to have is this one,
not the native strerror's.

Note that this throws away the prior use of src/port/strerror.c,
which was to implement strerror() on platforms lacking it.  That's
been dead code for nigh twenty years now, since strerror() was
already required by C89.

We should likewise cause strerror_r to use this behavior, but
I'll tackle that separately.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-09-26 11:06:42 -04:00
Tomas Vondra 2e2a392de3 Fix problems in handling the line data type
According to the source history, the internal format of line data type
has changed, but various functions working with it did were not updated
and thus were producing wrong results.

This patch addresses various such issues, in particular:

* Reject invalid specification A=B=0 on receive
* Reject same points on line_construct_pp()
* Fix perpendicular operator when negative values are involved
* Avoid division by zero on perpendicular operator
* Fix intersection and distance operators when neither A nor B are 1
* Return NULL for closest point when objects are parallel
* Check whether closest point of line segments is the intersection point
* Fix closest point of line segments being on the wrong segment

Aside from handling those issues, the patch also aims to make operators
more symmetric and less sen to precision loss.  The EPSILON interferes
with even minor changes, but the least we can do is applying it to both
sides of the operators equally.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-09-26 10:25:24 +02:00
Andres Freund 29c94e03c7 Split ExecStoreTuple into ExecStoreHeapTuple and ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple.
Upcoming changes introduce further types of tuple table slots, in
preparation of making table storage pluggable. New storage methods
will have different representation of tuples, therefore the slot
accessor should refer explicitly to heap tuples.

Instead of just renaming the functions, split it into one function
that accepts heap tuples not residing in buffers, and one accepting
ones in buffers.  Previously one function was used for both, but that
was a bit awkward already, and splitting will allow us to represent
slot types for tuples in buffers and normal memory separately.

This is split out from the patch introducing abstract slots, as this
largely consists out of mechanical changes.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-09-25 16:27:48 -07:00
Thomas Munro 64171b3206 Constify dsa_size_class_map and use a better type.
Author: Mark G
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEeOP_Zy_FvVwcAU0UX9nkOhnoR5KN%3D0B6LWX_kv0ZuSc4wbGw%40mail.gmail.com
2018-09-25 14:58:41 +12:00
Tom Lane 87d9bbca13 Fix over-allocation of space for array_out()'s result string.
array_out overestimated the space needed for its output, possibly by
a very substantial amount if the array is multi-dimensional, because
of wrong order of operations in the loop that counts the number of
curly-brace pairs needed.  While the output string is normally
short-lived, this could still cause problems in extreme cases.

An additional minor error was that it counted one more delimiter than
is actually needed.

Repair those errors, add an Assert that the space is now correctly
calculated, and make some minor improvements in the comments.

I also failed to resist the temptation to get rid of an integer
modulus operation per array element; a simple comparison is sufficient.

This bug dates clear back to Berkeley days, so back-patch to all
supported versions.

Keiichi Hirobe, minor additional work by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH=EFxE9W0tRvQkixR2XJRRCToUYUEDkJZk6tnADXugPBRdcdg@mail.gmail.com
2018-09-24 11:30:59 -04:00
Joe Conway c62dd80cdf Document aclitem functions and operators
aclitem functions and operators have been heretofore undocumented.
Fix that. While at it, ensure the non-operator aclitem functions have
pg_description strings.

Does not seem worthwhile to back-patch.

Author: Fabien Coelho, with pg_description from John Naylor, and significant
refactoring and editorialization by me.
Reviewed by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/alpine.DEB.2.21.1808010825490.18204%40lancre
2018-09-24 10:14:57 -04:00
Noah Misch d18f6674bd Initialize random() in bootstrap/stand-alone postgres and in initdb.
This removes a difference between the standard IsUnderPostmaster
execution environment and that of --boot and --single.  In a stand-alone
backend, "SELECT random()" always started at the same seed.

On a system capable of using posix shared memory, initdb could still
conclude "selecting dynamic shared memory implementation ... sysv".
Crashed --boot or --single postgres processes orphaned shared memory
objects having names that collided with the not-actually-random names
that initdb probed.  The sysv fallback appeared after ten crashes of
--boot or --single postgres.  Since --boot and --single are rare in
production use, systems used for PostgreSQL development are the
principal candidate to notice this symptom.

Back-patch to 9.3 (all supported versions).  PostgreSQL 9.4 introduced
dynamic shared memory, but 9.3 does share the "SELECT random()" problem.

Reviewed by Tom Lane and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180915221546.GA3159382@rfd.leadboat.com
2018-09-23 22:56:39 -07:00
Michael Paquier db361db2fc Make GUC wal_sender_timeout user-settable
Being able to use a value that can be changed on a connection basis is
useful with clusters distributed geographically, and makes failure
detection more flexible.  A note is added in the documentation about the
use of "options" in primary_conninfo, which can be hard to grasp for
newcomers with the need of two single quotes when listing a set of
parameters.

Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1FAAD3AE@G01JPEXMBYT05
2018-09-22 15:23:59 +09:00
Thomas Munro f025bd2ddd Use size_t consistently in dsa.{ch}.
Takeshi Ideriha complained that there is a mixture of Size and size_t
in dsa.c and corresponding header.  Let's use size_t.  Back-patch to 10
where dsa.c landed, to make future back-patching easy.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4E72940DA2BF16479384A86D54D0988A6F19ABD9%40G01JPEXMBKW04
2018-09-22 00:40:13 +12:00
Alexander Korotkov 09e99ce86e Fix handling of format string text characters in to_timestamp()/to_date()
cf984672 introduced improvement of handling of spaces and separators in
to_timestamp()/to_date() functions.  In particular, now we're skipping spaces
both before and after fields.  That may cause format string text character to
consume part of field in the situations, when it didn't happen before cf984672.
This commit cause format string text character consume input string characters
only when since previous field (or string beginning) number of skipped input
string characters is not greater than number of corresponding format string
characters (that is we didn't skip any extra characters in input string).
2018-09-20 15:48:04 +03:00
Thomas Munro 38763d6778 Fix segment_bins corruption in dsa.c.
If a segment has been freed by dsa.c because it is entirely empty, other
backends must make sure to unmap it before following links to new
segments that might happen to have the same index number, or they could
finish up looking at a defunct segment and then corrupt the segment_bins
lists.  The correct protocol requires checking freed_segment_counter
after acquiring the area lock and before resolving any index number to a
segment.  Add the missing checks and an assertion.

Back-patch to 10, where dsa.c first arrived.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0thg%2Bja5zGVa7jBy-uqyHrTqTm8HGhEOtMmigGrAqTbw%40mail.gmail.com
2018-09-20 15:52:39 +12:00
Alexander Korotkov 2a6368343f Add support for nearest-neighbor (KNN) searches to SP-GiST
Currently, KNN searches were supported only by GiST.  SP-GiST also capable to
support them.  This commit implements that support.  SP-GiST scan stack is
replaced with queue, which serves as stack if no ordering is specified.  KNN
support is provided for three SP-GIST opclasses: quad_point_ops, kd_point_ops
and poly_ops (catversion is bumped).  Some common parts between GiST and SP-GiST
KNNs are extracted into separate functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/570825e8-47d0-4732-2bf6-88d67d2d51c8%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov based on GSoC work by Vlad Sterzhanov
Review: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
2018-09-19 01:54:10 +03:00
Tom Lane 07a3af0ff8 Fix parsetree representation of XMLTABLE(XMLNAMESPACES(DEFAULT ...)).
The original coding for XMLTABLE thought it could represent a default
namespace by a T_String Value node with a null string pointer.  That's
not okay, though; in particular outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c are not on board
with such a representation, meaning you'll get a null pointer crash
if you try to store a view or rule containing this construct.

To fix, change the parsetree representation so that we have a NULL
list element, instead of a bogus Value node.

This isn't really a functional limitation since default XML namespaces
aren't yet implemented in the executor; you'd just get "DEFAULT
namespace is not supported" anyway.  But crashes are not nice, so
back-patch to v10 where this syntax was added.  Ordinarily we'd consider
a parsetree representation change to be un-backpatchable; but since
existing releases would crash on the way to storing such constructs,
there can't be any existing views/rules to be incompatible with.

Per report from Andrey Lepikhov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3690074f-abd2-56a9-144a-aa5545d7a291@postgrespro.ru
2018-09-17 13:16:32 -04:00
Tom Lane 8f32bacc00 In v11, disable JIT by default (it's still enabled by default in HEAD).
Per discussion, JIT isn't quite mature enough to ship enabled-by-default.

I failed to resist the temptation to do a bunch of copy-editing on the
related documentation.  Also, clean up some inconsistencies in which
section of config.sgml the JIT GUCs are documented in vs. what guc.c
and postgresql.config.sample had.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180914222657.mw25esrzbcnu6qlu@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-09-15 17:24:35 -04:00
Andrew Gierth b7f6bcbffc Repair bug in regexp split performance improvements.
Commit c8ea87e4b introduced a temporary conversion buffer for
substrings extracted during regexp splits. Unfortunately the code that
sized it was failing to ignore the effects of ignored degenerate
regexp matches, so for regexp_split_* calls it could under-size the
buffer in such cases.

Fix, and add some regression test cases (though those will only catch
the bug if run in a multibyte encoding).

Backpatch to 9.3 as the faulty code was.

Thanks to the PostGIS project, Regina Obe and Paul Ramsey for the
report (via IRC) and assistance in analysis. Patch by me.
2018-09-12 19:31:06 +01:00
Tom Lane fedc97cdfd Remove ruleutils.c's special case for BIT [VARYING] literals.
Up to now, get_const_expr() insisted on prefixing BIT and VARBIT
literals with 'B'.  That's not really necessary, because we always
append explicit-cast syntax to identify the constant's type.
Moreover, it's subtly wrong for VARBIT, because the parser will
interpret B'...' as '...'::"bit"; see make_const() which explicitly
assigns type BITOID for a T_BitString literal.  So what had been
a simple VARBIT literal is reconstructed as ('...'::"bit")::varbit,
which is not the same thing, at least not before constant folding.
This results in odd differences after dump/restore, as complained
of by the patch submitter, and it could result in actual failures in
partitioning or inheritance DDL operations (see commit 542320c2b,
which repaired similar misbehaviors for some other data types).

Fixing it is pretty easy: just remove the special case and let the
default code path handle these types.  We could have kept the special
case for BIT only, but there seems little point in that.

Like the previous patch, I judge that back-patching this into stable
branches wouldn't be a good idea.  However, it seems not quite too
late for v11, so let's fix it there.

Paul Guo, reviewed by Davy Machado and John Naylor, minor adjustments
by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABQrizdTra=2JEqA6+Ms1D1k1Kqw+aiBBhC9TreuZRX2JzxLAA@mail.gmail.com
2018-09-11 16:32:25 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov cf98467242 Improve behavior of to_timestamp()/to_date() functions
to_timestamp()/to_date() functions were introduced mainly for Oracle
compatibility, and became very popular among PostgreSQL users.  However, some
behavior of to_timestamp()/to_date() functions are both incompatible with Oracle
and confusing for our users.  This behavior is related to handling of spaces and
separators in non FX (fixed format) mode.  This commit reworks this behavior
making less confusing, better documented and more compatible with Oracle.

Nevertheless, there are still following incompatibilities with Oracle.
1) We don't insist that there are no format string patterns unmatched to
   input string.
2) In FX mode we don't insist space and separators in format string to exactly
   match input string.
3) When format string patterns are divided by mix of spaces and separators, we
   don't distinguish them, while Oracle takes into account only last group of
   spaces/separators.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1873520224.1784572.1465833145330.JavaMail.yahoo%40mail.yahoo.com
Author: Artur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Review: Amul Sul, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Dmitry Dolgov, David G. Johnston
2018-09-09 21:19:51 +03:00
Tom Lane ff47d4bf1f Work around stdbool problem in dfmgr.c.
Commit 842cb9fa6 refactored things so that dfmgr.c includes <dlfcn.h>,
which before that had only been directly included in platform-specific
stub files.  It turns out that on macOS, <dlfcn.h> includes <stdbool.h>,
and that causes problems on platforms where _Bool is not char-sized ...
which happens to include the PPC versions of macOS.  Work around it
much as we have in plperl.h, by #undef'ing bool after including the
problematic file, but only if we're not using stdbool-style booleans.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1fxqjl-0003YS-NS@gemulon.postgresql.org
2018-09-09 12:41:27 -04:00
Michael Paquier 9226a3b89b Remove duplicated words split across lines in comments
This has been detected using some interesting tricks with sed, and the
method used is mentioned in details in the discussion below.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180908013109.GB15350@telsasoft.com
2018-09-08 12:24:19 -07:00
Tom Lane f510412df3 Limit depth of forced recursion for CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVELY.
It's somewhat surprising that we got away with this before.  (Actually,
since nobody tests this routinely AFAIK, it might've been broken for
awhile.  But it's definitely broken in the wake of commit f868a8143.)
It seems sufficient to limit the forced recursion to a small number
of levels.

Back-patch to all supported branches, like the preceding patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12259.1532117714@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-09-07 18:13:29 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 842cb9fa62 Refactor dlopen() support
Nowadays, all platforms except Windows and older HP-UX have standard
dlopen() support.  So having a separate implementation per platform
under src/backend/port/dynloader/ is a bit excessive.  Instead, treat
dlopen() like other library functions that happen to be missing
sometimes and put a replacement implementation under src/port/.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e11a49cb-570a-60b7-707d-7084c8de0e61%402ndquadrant.com#54e735ae37476a121abb4e33c2549b03
2018-09-06 11:33:04 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 2fbdf1b38b Simplify partitioned table creation vs. relcache
In the original code, we were storing the pg_inherits row for a
partitioned table too early: enough that we had a hack for relcache to
avoid falling flat on its face while reading such a partial entry.  If
we finish the pg_class creation first and *then* store the pg_inherits
entry, we don't need that hack.

Also recognize that pg_class.relpartbound is not marked NOT NULL and
therefore it's entirely possible to read null values, so having only
Assert() protection isn't enough.  Change those to if/elog tests
instead.  This qualifies as a robustness fix, so backpatch to pg11.

In passing, remove one access that wasn't actually needed, and reword
one message to be like all the others that check for the same thing.

Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180903213916.hh6wasnrdg6xv2ud@alvherre.pgsql
2018-09-05 14:36:13 -03:00
Tom Lane 17b7c302b5 Fully enforce uniqueness of constraint names.
It's been true for a long time that we expect names of table and domain
constraints to be unique among the constraints of that table or domain.
However, the enforcement of that has been pretty haphazard, and it missed
some corner cases such as creating a CHECK constraint and then an index
constraint of the same name (as per recent report from André Hänsel).
Also, due to the lack of an actual unique index enforcing this, duplicates
could be created through race conditions.

Moreover, the code that searches pg_constraint has been quite inconsistent
about how to handle duplicate names if one did occur: some places checked
and threw errors if there was more than one match, while others just
processed the first match they came to.

To fix, create a unique index on (conrelid, contypid, conname).  Since
either conrelid or contypid is zero, this will separately enforce
uniqueness of constraint names among constraints of any one table and any
one domain.  (If we ever implement SQL assertions, and put them into this
catalog, more thought might be needed.  But it'd be at least as reasonable
to put them into a new catalog; having overloaded this one catalog with
two kinds of constraints was a mistake already IMO.)  This index can replace
the existing non-unique index on conrelid, though we need to keep the one
on contypid for query performance reasons.

Having done that, we can simplify the logic in various places that either
coped with duplicates or neglected to, as well as potentially improve
lookup performance when searching for a constraint by name.

Also, as per our usual practice, install a preliminary check so that you
get something more friendly than a unique-index violation report in the
case complained of by André.  And teach ChooseIndexName to avoid choosing
autogenerated names that would draw such a failure.

While it's not possible to make such a change in the back branches,
it doesn't seem quite too late to put this into v11, so do so.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c1001d4428f$0942b430$1bc81c90$@webkr.de
2018-09-04 13:45:35 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera c076f3d74a Remove pg_constraint.conincluding
This column was added in commit 8224de4f42 ("Indexes with INCLUDE
columns and their support in B-tree") to ease writing the ruleutils.c
supporting code for that feature, but it turns out to be unnecessary --
we can do the same thing with just one more syscache lookup.

Even the documentation for the new column being removed in this commit
is awkward.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180902165018.33otxftp3olgtu4t@alvherre.pgsql
2018-09-03 12:59:26 -03:00
Tom Lane 44cac93464 Avoid using potentially-under-aligned page buffers.
There's a project policy against using plain "char buf[BLCKSZ]" local
or static variables as page buffers; preferred style is to palloc or
malloc each buffer to ensure it is MAXALIGN'd.  However, that policy's
been ignored in an increasing number of places.  We've apparently got
away with it so far, probably because (a) relatively few people use
platforms on which misalignment causes core dumps and/or (b) the
variables chance to be sufficiently aligned anyway.  But this is not
something to rely on.  Moreover, even if we don't get a core dump,
we might be paying a lot of cycles for misaligned accesses.

To fix, invent new union types PGAlignedBlock and PGAlignedXLogBlock
that the compiler must allocate with sufficient alignment, and use
those in place of plain char arrays.

I used these types even for variables where there's no risk of a
misaligned access, since ensuring proper alignment should make
kernel data transfers faster.  I also changed some places where
we had been palloc'ing short-lived buffers, for coding style
uniformity and to save palloc/pfree overhead.

Since this seems to be a live portability hazard (despite the lack
of field reports), back-patch to all supported versions.

Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1535618100.1286.3.camel@credativ.de
2018-09-01 15:27:17 -04:00
Andrew Gierth c8ea87e4bd Avoid quadratic slowdown in regexp match/split functions.
regexp_matches, regexp_split_to_table and regexp_split_to_array all
work by compiling a list of match positions as character offsets (NOT
byte positions) in the source string.

Formerly, they then used text_substr to extract the matched text; but
in a multi-byte encoding, that counts the characters in the string,
and the characters needed to reach the starting byte position, on
every call. Accordingly, the performance degraded as the product of
the input string length and the number of match positions, such that
splitting a string of a few hundred kbytes could take many minutes.

Repair by keeping the wide-character copy of the input string
available (only in the case where encoding_max_length is not 1) after
performing the match operation, and extracting substrings from that
instead. This reduces the complexity to being linear in the number of
result bytes, discounting the actual regexp match itself (which is not
affected by this patch).

In passing, remove cleanup using retail pfree() which was obsoleted by
commit ff428cded (Feb 2008) which made cleanup of SRF multi-call
contexts automatic. Also increase (to ~134 million) the maximum number
of matches and provide an error message when it is reached.

Backpatch all the way because this has been wrong forever.

Analysis and patch by me; review by Kaiting Chen.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnyn55qh.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk

see also https://postgr.es/m/87lg996g4r.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2018-08-28 12:17:33 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 7a3b7bbfde Fix snapshot leak warning for some procedures
The problem arises with the combination of CALL with output parameters
and doing a COMMIT inside the procedure.  When a CALL has output
parameters, the portal uses the strategy PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT instead of
PORTAL_MULTI_QUERY.  Using PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT causes the portal's
snapshot to be registered with the current resource
owner (portal->holdSnapshot); see
9ee1cf04ab for the reason.

Normally, PortalDrop() unregisters the snapshot.  If not, then
ResourceOwnerRelease() will print a warning about a snapshot leak on
transaction commit.  A transaction commit normally drops all
portals (PreCommit_Portals()), except the active portal.  So in case of
the active portal, we need to manually release the snapshot to avoid the
warning.

Reported-by: Prabhat Sahu <prabhat.sahu@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
2018-08-27 22:16:15 +02:00
Thomas Munro 18e586741b Fix typos.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8du35u5DprpykWvgNEScxapbWYJdHq%2Bz06Wj3Y2KFPbw%40mail.gmail.com
2018-08-27 09:32:59 +12:00
Thomas Munro af63926cf5 Wrap long line in postgresql.conf.sample.
Per complaint from Michael Paquier.
2018-08-22 21:34:50 +12:00
Thomas Munro f9fe269ca2 Provide plan_cache_mode options in postgresql.conf.sample.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8YkwojSTSg8YjNYCLCXzx0fR7wBR3Gf%2BrA9_52eoPZKg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-08-22 18:19:39 +12:00
Alvaro Herrera 55a0154efd Fix typo 2018-08-21 17:16:10 -03:00
Michael Paquier 72be8c29a1 Fix set of NLS translation issues
While monitoring the code, a couple of issues related to string
translation has showed up:
- Some routines for auto-updatable views return an error string, which
sometimes missed the shot.  A comment regarding string translation is
added for each routine to help with future features.
- GSSAPI authentication missed two translations.
- vacuumdb handles non-translated strings.
- GetConfigOptionByNum should translate strings.  This part is not
back-patched as after a minor upgrade this could be surprising for
users.

Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180810.152131.31921918.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Backpatch-through: 9.3
2018-08-21 15:17:13 +09:00
Michael Paquier d8c83800c3 Fix typo in description of enable_parallel_hash
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180821.115841.93250330.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-08-21 12:13:16 +09:00
Tomas Vondra c4c3400885 Use the built-in float datatypes to implement geometric types
This patch makes the geometric operators and functions use the exported
function of the float4/float8 datatypes.  The main reason of doing so is
to check for underflow and overflow, and to handle NaNs consciously.

The float datatypes consider NaNs values to be equal and greater than
all non-NaN values.  This change considers NaNs equal only for equality
operators.  The placement operators, contains, overlaps, left/right of
etc. continue to return false when NaNs are involved.  We don't need
to worry about them being considered greater than any-NaN because there
aren't any basic comparison operators like less/greater than for the
geometric datatypes.

The changes may be summarised as:

* Check for underflow, overflow and division by zero
* Consider NaN values to be equal
* Return NULL when the distance is NaN for all closest point operators
* Favour not-NaN over NaN where it makes sense

The patch also replaces all occurrences of "double" as "float8".  They
are the same, but were used inconsistently in the same file.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-08-16 19:56:11 +02:00
Tomas Vondra a082aed072 Remove remaining GEODEBUG references from geo_ops.c
Commit a7dc63d904 removed most of the
GEODEBUG occurrences, but there were a couple remaining. So remove
them too, to get rid of the macro entirely.

Author: Emre Hasegeli

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-08-16 19:55:43 +02:00
Tom Lane e1d19c902e Require a C99-compliant snprintf(), and remove related workarounds.
Since our substitute snprintf now returns a C99-compliant result,
there's no need anymore to have complicated code to cope with pre-C99
behavior.  We can just make configure substitute snprintf.c if it finds
that the system snprintf() is pre-C99.  (Note: I do not believe that
there are any platforms where this test will trigger that weren't
already being rejected due to our other C99-ish feature requirements for
snprintf.  But let's add the check for paranoia's sake.)  Then, simplify
the call sites that had logic to cope with the pre-C99 definition.

I also dropped some stuff that was being paranoid about the possibility
of snprintf overrunning the given buffer.  The only reports we've ever
heard of that being a problem were for Solaris 7, which is long dead,
and we've sure not heard any reports of these assertions triggering in
a long time.  So let's drop that complexity too.

Likewise, drop some code that wasn't trusting snprintf to set errno
when it returns -1.  That would be not-per-spec, and again there's
no real reason to believe it is a live issue, especially not for
snprintfs that pass all of configure's feature checks.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17245.1534289329@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-08-16 13:01:09 -04:00
Michael Paquier 3593579bcd Update comment in header of errcodes.txt
This file mentions all the files generated from it, but missed that
errcodes-list.sgml is no more, while errcodes-table.sgml is.

Author: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TU4PR8401MB0430855D6B971E49EB55F328EE3E0@TU4PR8401MB0430.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2018-08-16 09:47:59 +02:00
Tom Lane cc4f6b7786 Clean up assorted misuses of snprintf()'s result value.
Fix a small number of places that were testing the result of snprintf()
but doing so incorrectly.  The right test for buffer overrun, per C99,
is "result >= bufsize" not "result > bufsize".  Some places were also
checking for failure with "result == -1", but the standard only says
that a negative value is delivered on failure.

(Note that this only makes these places correct if snprintf() delivers
C99-compliant results.  But at least now these places are consistent
with all the other places where we assume that.)

Also, make psql_start_test() and isolation_start_test() check for
buffer overrun while constructing their shell commands.  There seems
like a higher risk of overrun, with more severe consequences, here
than there is for the individual file paths that are made elsewhere
in the same functions, so this seemed like a worthwhile change.

Also fix guc.c's do_serialize() to initialize errno = 0 before
calling vsnprintf.  In principle, this should be unnecessary because
vsnprintf should have set errno if it returns a failure indication ...
but the other two places this coding pattern is cribbed from don't
assume that, so let's be consistent.

These errors are all very old, so back-patch as appropriate.  I think
that only the shell command overrun cases are even theoretically
reachable in practice, but there's not much point in erroneous error
checks.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17245.1534289329@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-08-15 16:29:31 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 4974d7f87e Handle parallel index builds on mapped relations.
Commit 9da0cc3528, which introduced parallel CREATE INDEX, failed to
propagate relmapper.c backend local cache state to parallel worker
processes.  This could result in parallel index builds against mapped
catalog relations where the leader process (participating as a worker)
scans the new, pristine relfilenode, while worker processes scan the
obsolescent relfilenode.  When this happened, the final index structure
was typically not consistent with the owning table's structure.  The
final index structure could contain entries formed from both heap
relfilenodes.  Only rebuilds on mapped catalog relations that occur as
part of a VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER could become corrupt in practice, since
their mapped relation relfilenode swap is what allows the inconsistency
to arise.

On master, fix the problem by propagating the required relmapper.c
backend state as part of standard parallel initialization (Cf. commit
29d58fd3).  On v11, simply disallow builds against mapped catalog
relations by deeming them parallel unsafe.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reported-By: "death lock"
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Amit Kapila
Bug: #15309
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153329671686.1405.18298309097348420351@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where parallel CREATE INDEX was introduced.
2018-08-10 13:01:34 -07:00
Tom Lane f3eb76b399 Further fixes for quoted-list GUC values in pg_dump and ruleutils.c.
Commits 742869946 et al turn out to be a couple bricks shy of a load.
We were dumping the stored values of GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables as they
appear in proconfig or setconfig catalog columns.  However, although that
quoting rule looks a lot like SQL-identifier double quotes, there are two
critical differences: empty strings ("") are legal, and depending on which
variable you're considering, values longer than NAMEDATALEN might be valid
too.  So the current technique fails altogether on empty-string list
entries (as reported by Steven Winfield in bug #15248) and it also risks
truncating file pathnames during dump/reload of GUC values that are lists
of pathnames.

To fix, split the stored value without any downcasing or truncation,
and then emit each element as a SQL string literal.

This is a tad annoying, because we now have three copies of the
comma-separated-string splitting logic in varlena.c as well as a fourth
one in dumputils.c.  (Not to mention the randomly-different-from-those
splitting logic in libpq...)  I looked at unifying these, but it would
be rather a mess unless we're willing to tweak the API definitions of
SplitIdentifierString, SplitDirectoriesString, or both.  That might be
worth doing in future; but it seems pretty unsafe for a back-patched
bug fix, so for now accept the duplication.

Back-patch to all supported branches, as the previous fix was.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7585.1529435872@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-07-31 13:00:14 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 98efa76fe3 Add ssl_library preset parameter
This allows querying the SSL implementation used on the server side.
It's analogous to using PQsslAttribute(conn, "library") in libpq.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-07-30 13:46:27 +02:00
Tomas Vondra ab87b8fedc Mark variable used only in assertion with PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY
Perpendicular lines always intersect, so the line_interpt_line() return
value in line_closept_point() was used only in an assertion, triggering
compiler warnings in non-assert builds.
2018-07-29 23:08:00 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 74294c7301 Restore handling of -0 in the C field of lines in line_construct().
Commit a7dc63d904 inadvertedly removed this bit originally introduced
by 43fe90f66a, causing regression test failures on some platforms,
due to producing {1,-1,-0} instead of {1,-1,0}.
2018-07-29 21:11:05 +02:00
Noah Misch e09144e6ce Document security implications of qualified names.
Commit 5770172cb0 documented secure schema
usage, and that advice suffices for using unqualified names securely.
Document, in typeconv-func primarily, the additional issues that arise
with qualified names.  Back-patch to 9.3 (all supported versions).

Reviewed by Jonathan S. Katz.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180721012446.GA1840594@rfd.leadboat.com
2018-07-28 20:08:01 -07:00
Tomas Vondra 6bf0bc842b Provide separate header file for built-in float types
Some data types under adt/ have separate header files, but most simple
ones do not, and their public functions are defined in builtins.h.  As
the patches improving geometric types will require making additional
functions public, this seems like a good opportunity to create a header
for floats types.

Commit 1acf757255 made _cmp functions public to solve NaN issues locally
for GiST indexes.  This patch reworks it in favour of a more widely
applicable API.  The API uses inline functions, as they are easier to
use compared to macros, and avoid double-evaluation hazards.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-07-29 03:30:48 +02:00
Tomas Vondra a7dc63d904 Refactor geometric functions and operators
The primary goal of this patch is to eliminate duplicate code and share
code between different geometric data types more often, to prepare the
ground for additional patches.  Until now the code reuse was limited,
probably because the simpler types (line and point) were implemented
after the more complex ones.

The changes are quite extensive and can be summarised as:

* Eliminate SQL-level function calls.
* Re-use more functions to implement others.
* Unify internal function names and signatures.
* Remove private functions from geo_decls.h.
* Replace should-not-happen checks with assertions.
* Add comments describe for various functions.
* Remove some unreachable code.
* Define delimiter symbols of line datatype like the other ones.
* Remove the GEODEBUG macro and printf() calls.
* Unify code style of a few oddly formatted lines.

While the goal was to cause minimal user-visible changes, it was not
possible to keep the original behavior in all cases - for example when
handling NaN values, or when reusing code makes the functions return
consistent results.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, me

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-07-29 02:36:29 +02:00
Andres Freund b2bb3dc0e0 Defend against some potential spurious compiler warnings in 86eaf208e.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-AbCFeFU92GZZYqNOVRnPtUwczSYmR2NHCyf9uHUnNiw@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-24 10:10:22 -07:00
Thomas Munro 1bc180cd2a Use setproctitle_fast() to update the ps status, if available.
FreeBSD has introduced a faster variant of setproctitle().  Use it,
where available.

Author: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=1wKMTi81uodJ=1KbJAz5WedOg=cr8ewEXrUFeaxWEgww@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-24 13:09:22 +12:00
Michael Paquier e41d0a1090 Add proper errcodes to new error messages for read() failures
Those would use the default ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, but for foreseeable
failures an errcode ought to be set, ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED making the
most sense here.

While on the way, fix one errcode_for_file_access missing in origin.c
since the code has been created, and remove one assignment of errno to 0
before calling read(), as this was around to fit with what was present
before 811b6e36 where errno would not be set when not enough bytes are
read.  I have noticed the first one, and Tom has pinged me about the
second one.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27265.1531925836@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-07-23 09:37:36 +09:00
Andres Freund 86eaf208ea Hand code string to integer conversion for performance.
As benchmarks show, using libc's string-to-integer conversion is
pretty slow. At least part of the reason for that is that strtol[l]
have to be more generic than what largely is required inside pg.

This patch considerably speeds up int2/int4 input (int8 already was
already using hand-rolled code).

Most of the existing pg_atoi callers have been converted. But as one
requires pg_atoi's custom delimiter functionality, and as it seems
likely that there's external pg_atoi users, it seems sensible to just
keep pg_atoi around.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171208214437.qgn6zdltyq5hmjpk@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-07-22 14:58:23 -07:00
Andres Freund 3522d0eaba Deduplicate "invalid input syntax" messages for various types.
Previously a lot of the error messages referenced the type in the
error message itself. That requires that the message is translated
separately for each type.

Note that currently a few smallint cases continue to reference the
integer, rather than smallint, type. A later patch will create a
separate routine for 16bit input.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180707200158.wpqkd7rjr4jxq5g7@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-07-22 14:58:01 -07:00
Tom Lane 028e3da294 Fix pg_get_indexdef()'s behavior for included index columns.
The multi-argument form of pg_get_indexdef() failed to print anything when
asked to print a single index column that is an included column rather than
a key column.  This seems an unintentional result of someone having tried
to take a short-cut and use the attrsOnly flag for two different purposes.
To fix, split said flag into two flags, attrsOnly which suppresses
non-attribute info, and keysOnly which suppresses included columns.
Add a test case using psql's \d command, which relies on that function.

(It's mighty tempting at this point to replace pg_get_indexdef_worker's
mess of boolean flag arguments with a single bitmask-of-flags argument,
which would allow making the call sites much more self-documenting.
But I refrained for the moment.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21724.1531943735@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-07-19 14:53:48 -04:00
Tom Lane 3cb646264e Use a ResourceOwner to track buffer pins in all cases.
Historically, we've allowed auxiliary processes to take buffer pins without
tracking them in a ResourceOwner.  However, that creates problems for error
recovery.  In particular, we've seen multiple reports of assertion crashes
in the startup process when it gets an error while holding a buffer pin,
as for example if it gets ENOSPC during a write.  In a non-assert build,
the process would simply exit without releasing the pin at all.  We've
gotten away with that so far just because a failure exit of the startup
process translates to a database crash anyhow; but any similar behavior
in other aux processes could result in stuck pins and subsequent problems
in vacuum.

To improve this, institute a policy that we must *always* have a resowner
backing any attempt to pin a buffer, which we can enforce just by removing
the previous special-case code in resowner.c.  Add infrastructure to make
it easy to create a process-lifespan AuxProcessResourceOwner and clear
out its contents at appropriate times.  Replace existing ad-hoc resowner
management in bgwriter.c and other aux processes with that.  (Thus, while
the startup process gains a resowner where it had none at all before, some
other aux process types are replacing an ad-hoc resowner with this code.)
Also use the AuxProcessResourceOwner to manage buffer pins taken during
StartupXLOG and ShutdownXLOG, even when those are being run in a bootstrap
process or a standalone backend rather than a true auxiliary process.

In passing, remove some other ad-hoc resource owner creations that had
gotten cargo-culted into various other places.  As far as I can tell
that was all unnecessary, and if it had been necessary it was incomplete,
due to lacking any provision for clearing those resowners later.
(Also worth noting in this connection is that a process that hasn't called
InitBufferPoolBackend has no business accessing buffers; so there's more
to do than just add the resowner if we want to touch buffers in processes
not covered by this patch.)

Although this fixes a very old bug, no back-patch, because there's no
evidence of any significant problem in non-assert builds.

Patch by me, pursuant to a report from Justin Pryzby.  Thanks to
Robert Haas and Kyotaro Horiguchi for reviews.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180627233939.GA10276@telsasoft.com
2018-07-18 12:15:16 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 6b387179ba Fix misc typos, mostly in comments.
A collection of typos I happened to spot while reading code, as well as
grepping for common mistakes.

Backpatch to all supported versions, as applicable, to avoid conflicts
when backporting other commits in the future.
2018-07-18 16:17:32 +03:00
Michael Paquier 811b6e36a9 Rework error messages around file handling
Some error messages related to file handling are using the code path
context to define their state.  For example, 2PC-related errors are
referring to "two-phase status files", or "relation mapping file" is
used for catalog-to-filenode mapping, however those prove to be
difficult to translate, and are not more helpful than just referring to
the path of the file being worked on.  So simplify all those error
messages by just referring to files with their path used.  In some
cases, like the manipulation of WAL segments, the context is actually
helpful so those are kept.

Calls to the system function read() have also been rather inconsistent
with their error handling sometimes not reporting the number of bytes
read, and some other code paths trying to use an errno which has not
been set.  The in-core functions are using a more consistent pattern
with this patch, which checks for both errno if set or if an
inconsistent read is happening.

So as to care about pluralization when reading an unexpected number of
byte(s), "could not read: read %d of %zu" is used as error message, with
%d field being the output result of read() and %zu the expected size.
This simplifies the work of translators with less variations of the same
message.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180520000522.GB1603@paquier.xyz
2018-07-18 08:01:23 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut f7cb2842bf Add plan_cache_mode setting
This allows overriding the choice of custom or generic plan.

Author: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAFj8pRAGLaiEm8ur5DWEBo7qHRWTk9HxkuUAz00CZZtJj-LkCA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-07-16 13:35:41 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut a06e56b247 doc: Update redirecting links
Update links that resulted in redirects.  Most are changes from http to
https, but there are also some other minor edits.  (There are still some
redirects where the target URL looks less elegant than the one we
currently have.  I have left those as is.)
2018-07-16 10:48:05 +02:00
Tom Lane 4984784f83 Fix crash in json{b}_populate_recordset() and json{b}_to_recordset().
As of commit 37a795a60, populate_recordset_worker() tried to pass back
(as rsi.setDesc) a tupdesc that it also had cached in its fn_extra.
But the core executor would free the passed-back tupdesc, risking a
crash if the function were called again in the same query.  The safest
and least invasive way to fix that is to make an extra tupdesc copy
to pass back.

While at it, I failed to resist the temptation to get rid of unnecessary
get_fn_expr_argtype() calls here and in populate_record_worker().

Per report from Dmitry Dolgov; thanks to Michael Paquier and
Andrew Gierth for investigation and discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcWzN9ztCfR47ZwgTr1KLnuO6BAY6FurxXhovP4hxr+yOQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-13 14:16:54 -04:00
Thomas Munro e8d9caa436 Accept invalidation messages in InitializeSessionUserId().
If the authentication method modified the system catalogs through a
separate database connection (say, to create a new role on the fly),
make sure syscache sees the changes before we try to find the user.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3_h0_cgmz5PMyab4xk_OFrg6G5VCN%3DnF4chFXM9iFOqA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-07-13 16:19:15 +12:00
Alexander Korotkov edf59c40dd Fix more wrong paths in header comments
It appears that there are more files, whose header comment paths are
wrong.  So, fix those paths.  No backpatching per proposal of Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsJyYbOj59MOQL%2B4XxdcomLSLfLqBtAvwR%2BpsCqj3ELdQ%40mail.gmail.com
2018-07-11 17:57:04 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera f2c587067a Rethink how to get float.h in old Windows API for isnan/isinf
We include <float.h> in every place that needs isnan(), because MSVC
used to require it.  However, since MSVC 2013 that's no longer necessary
(cf. commit cec8394b5c), so we can retire the inclusion to a
version-specific stanza in win32_port.h, where it doesn't need to
pollute random .c files.  The header is of course still needed in a few
places for other reasons.

I (Álvaro) removed float.h from a few more files than in Emre's original
patch.  This doesn't break the build in my system, but we'll see what
the buildfarm has to say about it all.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE2gYzyc0+5uG+Cd9-BSL7NKC8LSHLNg1Aq2=8ubjnUwut4_iw@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-11 09:11:48 -04:00
Thomas Munro 9f09529952 Use signals for postmaster death on Linux.
Linux provides a way to ask for a signal when your parent process dies.
Use that to make PostmasterIsAlive() very cheap.

Based on a suggestion from Andres Freund.

Author: Thomas Munro, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7261eb39-0369-f2f4-1bb5-62f3b6083b5e%40iki.fi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180411002643.6buofht4ranhei7k%40alap3.anarazel.de
2018-07-11 12:47:06 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut bcbd940806 Remove dynamic_shared_memory_type=none
PostgreSQL nowadays offers some kind of dynamic shared memory feature on
all supported platforms.  Having the choice of "none" prevents us from
relying on DSM in core features.  So this patch removes the choice of
"none".

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2018-07-10 18:35:24 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan 8fb68aa265 Print DEBUG2 like that rather than as DEBUG
DEBUG is an alias for DEBUG2, but we want DEBUG2 to show in the settings
no matter how it was spelled.

Takeshi Ideriha

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4E72940DA2BF16479384A86D54D0988A5678EC03@G01JPEXMBKW04
2018-07-06 07:29:12 -04:00
Andres Freund 249126e761 Use context with correct lifetime in hypothetical_dense_rank_final.
The query lifetime expression context created in
hypothetical_dense_rank_final() was buggily allocated in the calling
memory context. I (Andres) broke that in bf6c614a2f.

Reported-By: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion:  https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6kmzWmur5HhA_aU6gYVFu0RLQdgJJ+aC9SLdcOvBSrpfA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
2018-07-04 17:36:01 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan 1e9c858090 pgindent run prior to branching 2018-06-30 12:25:49 -04:00
Amit Kapila 8121ab88e7 Cosmetic improvements for faster column addition.
Changed the name of few structure members for the sake of clarity and
removed spurious whitespace.

Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Amit Kapila, based on suggestion by Andrew Dunstan
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1K2znsFpC+NQ9A4vxT4uDxADN4RmvHX0L6Y=aHVo9gB4Q@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-27 08:16:13 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov 4d54543efa Fix upper limit for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
6ca33a88 sets upper limit for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor to
DBL_MAX.  DBL_MAX appears to be platform-dependent. That causes
many buildfarm animals to fail, because we check boundaries of
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor in regression tests.

This commit changes upper limit from DBL_MAX to just "large enough"
limit, which was arbitrary selected as 1e10.

Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reported-by: Tom Lane, Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvewmr4PcpRjrkstoNn1n2_6dL-iHRB21CCfZ0efZdBTg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8tLYFOpKNaPS_E7V8KtPdE%3D_TnAn16t%3DA3LuL%3DXjfOO-BQ%40mail.gmail.com
2018-06-26 21:55:59 +03:00
Peter Geoghegan aefb0a382c Correct a comment on logtape.c's leader tape.
randomAccess parallel tuplesorts are disallowed because the leader would
try to write to its own leader tape, not because the leader would try to
write to a worker tape directly.

Cleanup from commit 9da0cc3528.
2018-06-26 11:16:20 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov 6ca33a885b Increase upper limit for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
Upper limits for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC and reloption
were initially set to 100.0 in 857f9c36.  However, after further
discussion, it appears that some users like to disable B-tree cleanup
index scan completely (assuming there are no deleted pages).

vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor is used barely to protect against
stalled index statistics.  And after detailed consideration it appears
that risk of stalled index statistics is low.  And it would be nice to
allow advanced users setting higher values of
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor.  So, set upper limit for these
GUC and reloption to DBL_MAX.

Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8tJCb%3DgxhzcV7T6ctx7PY-Ux1oA-AsTJc6cAVNsQiYcCzA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-06-26 15:00:51 +03:00
Andrew Dunstan 2448adf29c Allow for pg_upgrade of attributes with missing values
Commit 16828d5c02 neglected to do this, so upgraded databases would
silently get null instead of the specified default in rows without the
attribute defined.

A new binary upgrade function is provided to perform this and pg_dump is
adjusted to output a call to the function if required in binary upgrade
mode.

Also included is code to drop missing attribute values for dropped
columns. That way if the type is later dropped the missing value won't
have a dangling reference to the type.

Finally the regression tests are adjusted to ensure that there is a row
with a missing value so that this code is exercised in upgrade testing.

Catalog version unfortunately bumped.

Regression test changes from Tom Lane.
Remainder from me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19987.1529420110@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-06-22 08:42:36 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 9a994e37e0 Fixes for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC option
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor was located in autovacuum group of
GUCs.  However, it affects not only autovacuum, but also manually run
VACUUM.  It appears that "client connection defaults" group of GUCs
is more appropriate for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, because
vacuum_*_age options are already located there.

Also, vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor was missed in
postgresql.conf.sample.  So, add it there with appropriate comment.

Author: Masahiko Sawada with minor editorization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoArsoXMLKudXSKN679FRzs6oubEchM53bHwn8Tp%3D2boNg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-06-22 12:26:21 +03:00
Tom Lane ec4719cd15 Fix partial aggregation for variance(int4) and related aggregates.
A typo in numeric_poly_combine caused bogus results for queries using
it, but of course would only manifest if parallel aggregation is
performed.  Reported by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.

David Rowley did the diagnosis and the fix; I editorialized rather
heavily on his regression test additions.

Back-patch to v10 where the breakage was introduced (by 9cca11c91).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6nU4E2x8nkSBpLOT2DPvQ5LviJ3SGyAN6Sz7qDH4G4+Pw@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-21 16:18:39 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera e474c2b7e4 Set correct context for XPath evaluation
According to the SQL standard, the context of XMLTABLE's XPath
row_expression is the document node of the XML input document, not the
root node.  This becomes visible when a relative path rather than
absolute is used as row expression.  Absolute paths is what was used in
original tests and docs (and the most common form used in examples
throughout the interwebs), which explains why this wasn't noticed
before.

Other functions such as xpath() and xpath_exists() also have this
problem.  While not specified by the SQL standard, it would be pretty
odd to leave those functions to behave differently than XMLTABLE, so
change them too.  However, this is a backwards-incompatible change.

No backpatch, out of fear of breaking code depending on the original
broken behavior.

Author: Markus Winand
Reported-By: Markus Winand
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0684A598-002C-42A2-AE12-F024A324EAE4@winand.at
2018-06-21 15:56:11 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera b7f0be9a7e Accept TEXT and CDATA nodes in XMLTABLE's column_expression.
Column expressions that match TEXT or CDATA nodes must return the
contents of the nodes themselves, not the content of non-existing
children (i.e. the empty string).

Author: Markus Winand
Reported-by: Markus Winand
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0684A598-002C-42A2-AE12-F024A324EAE4@winand.at
2018-06-20 12:58:12 -04:00
Tom Lane 9b53d96684 Suppress -Wshift-negative-value warnings.
Clean up four places that result in compiler warnings when using recent
gcc with this warning class enabled (as seen on buildfarm members
calliphoridae, skink, and others).  In all these places, this is purely
cosmetic, because the shift distance could not be large enough to risk
a change of sign, so there's no chance of implementation-dependent
behavior.  Still, it's easy enough to avoid the warning by casting the
shifted value to unsigned, so let's do that.

Patch HEAD only, this isn't worth a back-patch.
2018-06-17 16:15:11 -04:00
Tom Lane 19832753f1 Fix some ill-chosen names for globally-visible partition support functions.
"compute_hash_value" is particularly gratuitously generic, but IMO
all of these ought to have names clearly related to partitioning.
2018-06-13 13:18:02 -04:00
Tom Lane e23bae82cf Fix up run-time partition pruning's use of relcache's partition data.
The previous coding saved pointers into the partitioned table's relcache
entry, but then closed the relcache entry, causing those pointers to
nominally become dangling.  Actual trouble would be seen in the field
only if a relcache flush occurred mid-query, but that's hardly out of
the question.

While we could fix this by copying all the data in question at query
start, it seems better to just hold the relcache entry open for the
whole query.

While at it, improve the handling of support-function lookups: do that
once per query not once per pruning test.  There's still something to be
desired here, in that we fail to exploit the possibility of caching data
across queries in the fn_extra fields of the relcache's FmgrInfo structs,
which could happen if we just used those structs in-place rather than
copying them.  However, combining that with the possibility of per-query
lookups of cross-type comparison functions seems to require changes in the
APIs of a lot of the pruning support functions, so it's too invasive to
consider as part of this patch.  A win would ensue only for complex
partition key data types (e.g. arrays), so it may not be worth the
trouble.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17850.1528755844@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-06-13 12:03:26 -04:00
Andres Freund a54e1f1587 Fix bugs in vacuum of shared rels, by keeping their relcache entries current.
When vacuum processes a relation it uses the corresponding relcache
entry's relfrozenxid / relminmxid as a cutoff for when to remove
tuples etc. Unfortunately for nailed relations (i.e. critical system
catalogs) bugs could frequently lead to the corresponding relcache
entry being stale.

This set of bugs could cause actual data corruption as vacuum would
potentially not remove the correct row versions, potentially reviving
them at a later point.  After 699bf7d05c some corruptions in this vein
were prevented, but the additional error checks could also trigger
spuriously. Examples of such errors are:
  ERROR: found xmin ... from before relfrozenxid ...
and
  ERROR: found multixact ... from before relminmxid ...
To be caused by this bug the errors have to occur on system catalog
tables.

The two bugs are:

1) Invalidations for nailed relations were ignored, based on the
   theory that the relcache entry for such tables doesn't
   change. Which is largely true, except for fields like relfrozenxid
   etc.  This means that changes to relations vacuumed in other
   sessions weren't picked up by already existing sessions.  Luckily
   autovacuum doesn't have particularly longrunning sessions.

2) For shared *and* nailed relations, the shared relcache init file
   was never invalidated while running.  That means that for such
   tables (e.g. pg_authid, pg_database) it's not just already existing
   sessions that are affected, but even new connections are as well.
   That explains why the reports usually were about pg_authid et. al.

To fix 1), revalidate the rd_rel portion of a relcache entry when
invalid. This implies a bit of extra complexity to deal with
bootstrapping, but it's not too bad.  The fix for 2) is simpler,
simply always remove both the shared and local init files.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180525203736.crkbg36muzxrjj5e@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/CAMa1XUhKSJd98JW4o9StWPrfS=11bPgG+_GDMxe25TvUY4Sugg@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/CAKMFJucqbuoDRfxPDX39WhA3vJyxweRg_zDVXzncr6+5wOguWA@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/CAGewt-ujGpMLQ09gXcUFMZaZsGJC98VXHEFbF-tpPB0fB13K+A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.3-
2018-06-12 11:13:21 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 387543f7bd Make new error code name match SQL standard more closely
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/dff3d555-bea4-ac24-29b2-29521b9d08e8%402ndquadrant.com
2018-06-11 11:15:28 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 0c8910a0ca Teach SHOW ALL to honor pg_read_all_settings membership
Also, fix the pg_settings view to display source filename and line
number when invoked by a pg_read_all_settings member.  This addition by
me (Álvaro).

Also, fix wording of the comment in GetConfigOption regarding the
restriction it implements, renaming the parameter for extra clarity.
Noted by Michaël.

These were all oversight in commit 25fff40798fc; backpatch to pg10,
where that commit first appeared.

Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1519917758.6586.8.camel@cybertec.at
2018-06-08 16:19:05 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 25cf4ed1dc Add missing serial commas 2018-06-07 23:37:09 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 2241ad1556 Fix typo 2018-06-04 15:34:42 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 3c9cf06945 Initialize new jsonb iterator to zero
Use palloc0() instead of palloc() to create a new JsonbIterator.
Otherwise, the isScalar field is sometimes not initialized.  There is
probably no impact in practice, but it's cleaner this way and it avoids
future problems.
2018-05-28 23:53:43 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan f963f80970 Avoid use of unportable hex constant in convutils.pm
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5a6d6de8-cff8-1ffb-946c-ccf381800ea1@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-05-27 10:41:19 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 3a7cc727c7 Don't fall off the end of perl functions
This complies with the perlcritic policy
Subroutines::RequireFinalReturn, which is a severity 4 policy. Since we
only currently check at severity level 5, the policy is raised to that
level until we move to level 4 or lower, so that any new infringements
will be caught.

A small cosmetic piece of tidying of the pgperlcritic script is
included.

Mike Blackwell

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAESHdJpfFm_9wQnQ3koY3c91FoRQsO-fh02za9R3OEMndOn84A@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-27 09:08:42 -04:00
Tom Lane 1d96c1b91a Fix incorrect ordering of operations in pg_resetwal and pg_rewind.
Commit c37b3d08c dropped its added GetDataDirectoryCreatePerm call into
the wrong place in pg_resetwal.c, namely after the chdir to DataDir.
That broke invocations using a relative path, as reported by Tushar Ahuja.
We could have left it where it was and changed the argument to be ".",
but that'd result in a rather confusing error message in event of a
failure, so re-ordering seems like a better solution.

Similarly reorder operations in pg_rewind.c.  The issue there is that
it doesn't seem like a good idea to do any actual operations before the
not-root check (on Unix) or the restricted token acquisition (on Windows).
I don't know that this is an actual bug, but I'm definitely not convinced
that it isn't, either.

Assorted other code review for c37b3d08c and da9b580d8: fix some
misspelled or otherwise badly worded comments, put the #include for
<sys/stat.h> where it actually belongs, etc.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aeb9c3a7-3c3f-a57f-1a18-c8d4fcdc2a1f@enterprisedb.com
2018-05-23 10:59:55 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas b06d8e58b5 Accept "B" in all memory-unit GUCs, and improve error messages.
Commit 6e7baa3227 added support for "B" unit, for specifying config options
in bytes. However, it was only accepted in GUC_UNIT_BYTE settings,
wal_segment_size and track_activity_query_size, and not e.g. in work_mem.
This patch makes it consistent, so that "B" accepted in all the same
contexts where "kB", "MB", and so forth are accepted.

Add "B" to the list of accepted units in the error hint, along with "kB",
"MB", etc.

Add an entry in the conversion table for "TB" to "B" conversion. A terabyte
is out of range for any GUC_UNIT_BYTE option, so you always get an "out of
range" error with that, but without it, you get a confusing error message
that claims that "TB" is not an accepted unit, with a hint that nevertheless
lists "TB" as an accepted unit.

Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1bfe7f4a-7e22-aa6e-7b37-f4d222ed2d67@iki.fi
2018-05-23 10:22:26 +03:00
Tom Lane e7a808f947 Assorted minor cleanups for bootstrap-data Perl scripts.
FindDefinedSymbol was intended to take an array of possible include
paths, but it never actually worked correctly for any but the first
array element.  Since there's no use-case for more than one path
anyway, let's just simplify this code and its callers by redefining
it as taking only one include path.

Minor other code-beautification without functional effects, except
that in one place we format the output as pgindent would do.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXM_n32hTTkircW4_K1LQFsJNb6xjs0pAP4QC0ZpyJfPQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-19 16:04:47 -04:00
Stephen Frost e2b83ff556 Fix for globals.c- c.h must come first
Commit da9b580 mistakenly put a system header before postgres.h (which
includes c.h).  That can cause portability issues and broke (at least)
builds with older Windows compilers.

Discovered by Mark Dilger.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BF04A27A-D132-4927-A80A-BAD18695E954@gmail.com
2018-05-18 21:20:27 -04:00
Tom Lane d1fc750b51 Make numeric power() handle NaNs according to the modern POSIX spec.
In commit 6bdf1303b, we ensured that power()/^ for float8 would honor
the NaN behaviors specified by POSIX standards released in this century,
ie NaN ^ 0 = 1 and 1 ^ NaN = 1.  However, numeric_power() was not
touched and continued to follow the once-common behavior that every
case involving NaN input produces NaN.  For consistency, let's switch
the numeric behavior to the modern spec in the same release that ensures
that behavior for float8.

(Note that while 6bdf1303b was initially back-patched, we later undid
that, concluding that any behavioral change should appear only in v11.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10898.1526421338@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-17 11:10:50 -04:00
Tom Lane 2efc924180 Detoast plpgsql variables if they might live across a transaction boundary.
Up to now, it's been safe for plpgsql to store TOAST pointers in its
variables because the ActiveSnapshot for whatever query called the plpgsql
function will surely protect such TOAST values from being vacuumed away,
even if the owning table rows are committed dead.  With the introduction of
procedures, that assumption is no longer good in "non atomic" executions
of plpgsql code.  We adopt the slightly brute-force solution of detoasting
all TOAST pointers at the time they are stored into variables, if we're in
a non-atomic context, just in case the owning row goes away.

Some care is needed to avoid long-term memory leaks, since plpgsql tends
to run with CurrentMemoryContext pointing to its call-lifespan context,
but we shouldn't assume that no memory is leaked by heap_tuple_fetch_attr.
In plpgsql proper, we can do the detoasting work in the "eval_mcontext".

Most of the code thrashing here is due to the need to add this capability
to expandedrecord.c as well as plpgsql proper.  In expandedrecord.c,
we can't assume that the caller's context is short-lived, so make use of
the short-term sub-context that was already invented for checking domain
constraints.  In view of this repurposing, it seems good to rename that
variable and associated code from "domain_check_cxt" to "short_term_cxt".

Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5AC06865.9050005@anastigmatix.net
2018-05-16 14:56:52 -04:00
Magnus Hagander fc2a41e23e Fix file paths in comments
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-05-14 18:59:43 +02:00
Teodor Sigaev 8e12f4a250 Various improvements of skipping index scan during vacuum technics
- Change vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC to PGC_USERSET.
  vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC was defined as PGC_SIGHUP.  But this
  GUC affects not only autovacuum.  So it might be useful to change it from user
  session in order to influence manually runned VACUUM.
- Add missing tab-complete support for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
  reloption.
- Fix condition for B-tree index cleanup.
  Zero value of vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor means that user wants B-tree
  index cleanup to be never skipped.
- Documentation and comment improvements

Authors: Justin Pryzby, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed by: all authors and Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180502023025.GD7631%40telsasoft.com
2018-05-10 13:31:47 +03:00
Tom Lane 234bb985c5 Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2018e.
DST law changes in North Korea.  Redefinition of "daylight savings" in
Ireland, as well as for some past years in Namibia and Czechoslovakia.
Additional historical corrections for Czechoslovakia.

With this change, the IANA database models Irish timekeeping as following
"standard time" in summer, and "daylight savings" in winter, so that the
daylight savings offset is one hour behind standard time not one hour
ahead.  This does not change their UTC offset (+1:00 in summer, 0:00 in
winter) nor their timezone abbreviations (IST in summer, GMT in winter),
though now "IST" is more correctly read as "Irish Standard Time" not "Irish
Summer Time".  However, the "is_dst" column in the pg_timezone_names view
will now be true in winter and false in summer for the Europe/Dublin zone.

Similar changes were made for Namibia between 1994 and 2017, and for
Czechoslovakia between 1946 and 1947.

So far as I can find, no Postgres internal logic cares about which way
tm_isdst is reported; in particular, since commit b2cbced9e we do not
rely on it to decide how to interpret ambiguous timestamps during DST
transitions.  So I don't think this change will affect any Postgres
behavior other than the timezone-view outputs.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30996.1525445902@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-09 13:56:22 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 35361ee788 Restrict vertical tightness to parentheses in Perl code
The vertical tightness settings collapse vertical whitespace between
opening and closing brackets (parentheses, square brakets and braces).
This can make data structures in particular harder to read, and is not
very consistent with our style in non-Perl code. This patch restricts
that setting to parentheses only, and reformats all the perl code
accordingly. Not applying this to parentheses has some unfortunate
effects, so the consensus is to keep the setting for parentheses and not
for the others.

The diff for this patch does highlight some places where structures
should have trailing commas. They can be added manually, as there is no
automatic tool to do so.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2f2b87c-56be-c070-bfc0-36288b4b41c1@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-05-09 10:14:46 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev cb5d942959 Improve jsonb cast error message
Initial variant of error message didn't follow style of another casting error
messages and wasn't informative. Per gripe from Robert Haas.

Reviewer: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA%2BTgmob08StTV9yu04D0idRFNMh%2BUoyKax5Otvrix7rEZC8rMw%40mail.gmail.com#CA+Tgmob08StTV9yu04D0idRFNMh+UoyKax5Otvrix7rEZC8rMw@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-09 13:23:16 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 831f5d11ec Refine error messages
"JSON" when not referring to a data type should be upper case.
2018-05-08 14:36:31 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan d2c1512ac4 Clean up some perlcritic warnings
In Catalog.pm, mark eval of a string instead of a block as allowed.
Disallow perlcritic completely in Gen_dummy_probes.pl, as it's
generated code.
Protect a couple of lines in plperl code from  perltidy, so that the
annotation for perlcritic stays on the same line as the construct it
would otherwise object to.
2018-05-07 15:35:32 -04:00
Tom Lane 513ff52e81 Suppress compiler warnings when building with --enable-dtrace.
Most versions of "dtrace -h" drop const qualifiers from the declarations
of probe functions (though macOS gets it right).  This causes compiler
warnings when we pass in pointers to const.  Repair by extending our
existing post-processing of the probes.h file.  To do so, assume that all
"char *" arguments should be "const char *"; that seems reasonably safe.

Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2j1pWSruQJqJ91ZDzD8w9ZZDsM4j2C6x75C-VryWg-_w@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-07 13:44:09 -04:00
Tom Lane cb3e9e40bc Put in_range_float4_float8's work in-line.
In commit 8b29e88cd, I'd dithered about whether to make
in_range_float4_float8 be a standalone copy of the float in-range logic
or have it punt to in_range_float8_float8.  I went with the latter, which
saves code space though at the cost of performance and readability.

However, it emerges that this tickles a compiler or hardware bug on
buildfarm member opossum.  Test results from commit 55e0e4581 show
conclusively that widening a float4 NaN to float8 produces Inf, not NaN,
on that machine; which accounts perfectly for the window RANGE test
failures it's been showing.  We can dodge this problem by making
in_range_float4_float8 be an independent function, so that it checks
for NaN inputs before widening them.

Ordinarily I'd not be very excited about working around such obviously
broken functionality; but given that this was a judgment call to begin
with, I don't mind reversing it.
2018-05-05 13:21:50 -04:00
Tom Lane 9bf28f96c7 Rearrange makefile rules for running Gen_fmgrtab.pl.
Make these rules look more like the ones associated with genbki.pl,
to wit:

* Use a stamp file to record when we last ran the script, instead of
relying on the timestamps of the individual output files.

* Take the knowledge out of backend/Makefile and put it in utils/Makefile
where it belongs.  I moved down the handling of errcodes.h and probes.h
too, although those continue to be built by separate processes.

In itself, this is just much-needed cleanup with little practical effect.
However, by decoupling these makefile rules from the timestamps of the
generated header files, we open the door to not advancing those timestamps
unnecessarily, which will be taken advantage of by the next commit.

msvc/Solution.pm should be taught to do things similarly, but I'll leave
that for another commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16925.1525376229@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-03 17:54:18 -04:00
Tom Lane fbb2e9a030 Fix assorted compiler warnings seen in the buildfarm.
Failure to use DatumGetFoo/FooGetDatum macros correctly, or at all,
causes some warnings about sign conversion.  This is just cosmetic
at the moment but in principle it's a type violation, so clean up
the instances I could find.

autoprewarm.c and sharedfileset.c contained code that unportably
assumed that pid_t is the same size as int.  We've variously dealt
with this by casting pid_t to int or to unsigned long for printing
purposes; I went with the latter.

Fix uninitialized-variable warning in RestoreGUCState.  This is
a live bug in some sense, but of no great significance given that
nobody is very likely to care what "line number" is associated with
a GUC that hasn't got a source file recorded.
2018-05-02 15:52:54 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 445e31bdc7 Fix some sloppiness in the new BufFileSize() and BufFileAppend() functions.
There were three related issues:

* BufFileAppend() incorrectly reset the seek position on the 'source' file.
  As a result, if you had called BufFileRead() on the file before calling
  BufFileAppend(), it got confused, and subsequent calls would read/write
  at wrong position.

* BufFileSize() did not work with files opened with BufFileOpenShared().

* FileGetSize() only worked on temporary files.

To fix, change the way BufFileSize() works so that it works on shared
files. Remove FileGetSize() altogether, as it's no longer needed. Remove
buffilesize from TapeShare struct, as the leader process can simply call
BufFileSize() to get the tape's size, there's no need to pass it through
shared memory anymore.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAH2-WznEDYe_NZXxmnOfsoV54oFkTdMy7YLE2NPBLuttO96vTQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-05-02 17:23:13 +03:00
Tom Lane 41c912cad1 Clean up warnings from -Wimplicit-fallthrough.
Recent gcc can warn about switch-case fall throughs that are not
explicitly labeled as intentional.  This seems like a good thing,
so clean up the warnings exposed thereby by labeling all such
cases with comments that gcc will recognize.

In files that already had one or more suitable comments, I generally
matched the existing style of those.  Otherwise I went with
/* FALLTHROUGH */, which is one of the spellings approved at the
more-restrictive-than-default level -Wimplicit-fallthrough=4.
(At the default level you can also spell it /* FALL ?THRU */,
and it's not picky about case.  What you can't do is include
additional text in the same comment, so some existing comments
containing versions of this aren't good enough.)

Testing with gcc 8.0.1 (Fedora 28's current version), I found that
I also had to put explicit "break"s after elog(ERROR) or ereport(ERROR);
apparently, for this purpose gcc doesn't recognize that those don't
return.  That seems like possibly a gcc bug, but it's fine because
in most places we did that anyway; so this amounts to a visit from the
style police.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15083.1525207729@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-01 19:35:08 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 33a1c2145c Remove "Generating" output from catalog scripts
So by default, they don't output anything if everything is well.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/867f8a1a-6cf0-d835-78d8-0844e4936241%402ndquadrant.com
2018-04-30 14:18:07 -04:00
Tom Lane 6bdf1303b3 Avoid wrong results for power() with NaN input on more platforms.
Buildfarm results show that the modern POSIX rule that 1 ^ NaN = 1 is not
honored on *BSD until relatively recently, and really old platforms don't
believe that NaN ^ 0 = 1 either.  (This is unsurprising, perhaps, since
SUSv2 doesn't require either behavior.)  In hopes of getting to platform
independent behavior, let's deal with all the NaN-input cases explicitly
in dpow().

Note that numeric_power() doesn't know either of these special cases.
But since that behavior is platform-independent, I think it should be
addressed separately, and probably not back-patched.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/75DB81BEEA95B445AE6D576A0A5C9E936A73E741@BPXM05GP.gisp.nec.co.jp
2018-04-29 18:15:16 -04:00
Tom Lane 61b200e2f5 Avoid wrong results for power() with NaN input on some platforms.
Per spec, the result of power() should be NaN if either input is NaN.
It appears that on some versions of Windows, the libc function does
return NaN, but it also sets errno = EDOM, confusing our code that
attempts to work around shortcomings of other platforms.  Hence, add
guard tests to avoid substituting a wrong result for the right one.

It's been like this for a long time (and the odd behavior only appears
in older MSVC releases, too) so back-patch to all supported branches.

Dang Minh Huong, reviewed by David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/75DB81BEEA95B445AE6D576A0A5C9E936A73E741@BPXM05GP.gisp.nec.co.jp
2018-04-29 15:21:44 -04:00
Tom Lane 4094031dd3 Assorted minor doc/comment fixes.
Identify pg_replication_origin as a shared catalog in catalogs.sgml,
using the same boilerplate wording used for most other shared catalogs
(and tweak another place where someone had randomly deviated from
that boilerplate).

Make an example in mmgr/README more consistent with surrounding text.

Update an obsolete cross-reference in a comment in storage/block.h.

Zhuo Ql

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/44296255.1819230.1524889719001@mail.yahoo.com
2018-04-28 11:46:15 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 76ece16974 perltidy: Add option --nooutdent-long-comments 2018-04-27 11:37:43 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut d4f16d5071 perltidy: Add option --nooutdent-long-quotes 2018-04-27 11:37:43 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas 45f87b7710 Remove outdated comment on how to set logtape's read buffer size.
Commit b75f467b6e removed the LogicalTapeAssignReadBufferSize() function,
but forgot to update this comment. The read buffer size is an argument to
LogicalTapeRewindForRead() now. Doesn't seem worth going into the details
in the file header comment, so remove the outdated sentence altogether.
2018-04-27 09:31:43 +03:00
Tom Lane bdf46af748 Post-feature-freeze pgindent run.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 14:47:16 -04:00
Tom Lane f04d4ac919 Reindent Perl files with perltidy version 20170521.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEzK3cNiHZQ18f5tK0guoT+cN_jWeVzhYYxY=r+1Q3SmoA@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-25 14:00:19 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 055fb8d33d Add GUC enable_partition_pruning
This controls both plan-time and execution-time new-style partition
pruning.  While finer-grain control is possible (maybe using an enum GUC
instead of boolean), there doesn't seem to be much need for that.

This new parameter controls partition pruning for all queries:
trivially, SELECT queries that affect partitioned tables are naturally
under its control since they are using the new technology.  However,
while UPDATE/DELETE queries do not use the new code, we make the new GUC
control their behavior also (stealing control from
constraint_exclusion), because it is more natural, and it leads to a
more natural transition to the future in which those queries will also
use the new pruning code.

Constraint exclusion still controls pruning for regular inheritance
situations (those not involving partitioned tables).

Author: David Rowley
Review: Amit Langote, Ashutosh Bapat, Justin Pryzby, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_0HwsxJG9m+nzU+CizxSdGtfe6iF_ykPYBiYft302DCw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-23 17:57:43 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 2d625176c0 Plural of modulus is moduli 2018-04-19 12:39:13 -03:00
Tom Lane f8a187bdba Clean up callers of JsonbIteratorNext().
Coverity complained about the lack of a check on the return value in
parse_jsonb_index_flags' last call of JsonbIteratorNext.  Seems like
a reasonable gripe to me, especially since the code is depending on
that being WJB_DONE to not leak memory, so add a check.

In passing, improve a couple other places where the result was being
ignored, either by adding an assert or at least a cast to void.

Also, don't spell "WJB_DONE" as "0".  That's horrid coding style,
and it wasn't consistent either.
2018-04-15 12:40:01 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera da6f3e45dd Reorganize partitioning code
There's been a massive addition of partitioning code in PostgreSQL 11,
with little oversight on its placement, resulting in a
catalog/partition.c with poorly defined boundaries and responsibilities.
This commit tries to set a couple of distinct modules to separate things
a little bit.  There are no code changes here, only code movement.

There are three new files:
  src/backend/utils/cache/partcache.c
  src/include/partitioning/partdefs.h
  src/include/utils/partcache.h

The previous arrangement of #including catalog/partition.h almost
everywhere is no more.

Authors: Amit Langote and Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98e8d509-790a-128c-be7f-e48a5b2d8d97@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/11aa0c50-316b-18bb-722d-c23814f39059@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/143ed9a4-6038-76d4-9a55-502035815e68@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/20180413193503.nynq7bnmgh6vs5vm@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-14 21:12:14 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera a4d56f583e Use the right memory context for partkey's FmgrInfo
We were using CurrentMemoryContext to put the partsupfunc fmgr_info
into, which isn't right, because we want the PartitionKey as a whole to
be in the isolated Relation->rd_partkeycxt context.  This can cause a
crash with user-defined support functions in the operator classes used
by partitioning keys.  (Maybe this can cause problems with core-supplied
opclasses too, not sure.)

This is demonstrably broken in Postgres 10, too, but the initial
proposed fix runs afoul of a problem discussed back when 8a0596cb65
("Get rid of copy_partition_key") reorganized that code: namely that it
is possible to jump out of RelationBuildPartitionKey because of some
error and leave a dangling memory context child of CacheMemoryContext.
Also, while reviewing this I noticed that the removed-in-pg11
copy_partition_key was doing something wrong, unfixed in pg10, namely
doing memcpy() on the FmgrInfo, which is bogus (should be doing
fmgr_info_copy).  Therefore, in branch pg10, the sane fix seems to be to
backpatch both the aforementioned 8a0596cb65 and its followup
be2343221f ("Protect against hypothetical memory leaks in
RelationGetPartitionKey"), so do that, then apply the fmgr_info memcxt
bugfix on top.

Add a test case exercising btree-based custom operator classes, which
causes a crash prior to this fix.  This is not a security problem,
because in order to create an operator class you need superuser
privileges anyway.

Authors: Álvaro Herrera and Amit Langote
Reported and diagnosed by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3041e853-b1dd-a0c6-ff21-7cc5633bffd0@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-04-12 15:08:10 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev c266ed31a8 Cleanup covering infrastructure
- Explicitly forbids opclass, collation and indoptions (like DESC/ASC etc) for
  including columns. Throw an error if user points that.
- Truncated storage arrays for such attributes to store only key atrributes,
  added assertion checks.
- Do not check opfamily and collation for including columns in
  CompareIndexInfo()

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5ee72852-3c4e-ee35-e2ed-c1d053d45c08@sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 16:37:22 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev c9c875a28f Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array
Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with
ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains
all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 13:02:45 +03:00
Tom Lane a65e17bd6f Reduce chattiness of genbki.pl and Gen_fmgrtab.pl.
Make these scripts emit just one log message when they run, not one
per output file.  The latter is way too verbose in the wake of
commit 372728b0d.  The specific wording used is what already existed
in the MSVC scripts.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11103.1523208822@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-09 15:01:10 -04:00
Magnus Hagander a228cc13ae Revert "Allow on-line enabling and disabling of data checksums"
This reverts the backend sides of commit 1fde38beaa.
I have, at least for now, left the pg_verify_checksums tool in place, as
this tool can be very valuable without the rest of the patch as well,
and since it's a read-only tool that only runs when the cluster is down
it should be a lot safer.
2018-04-09 19:03:42 +02:00
Tom Lane 372728b0d4 Replace our traditional initial-catalog-data format with a better design.
Historically, the initial catalog data to be installed during bootstrap
has been written in DATA() lines in the catalog header files.  This had
lots of disadvantages: the format was badly underdocumented, it was
very difficult to edit the data in any mechanized way, and due to the
lack of any abstraction the data was verbose, hard to read/understand,
and easy to get wrong.

Hence, move this data into separate ".dat" files and represent it in a way
that can easily be read and rewritten by Perl scripts.  The new format is
essentially "key => value" for each column; while it's a bit repetitive,
explicit labeling of each value makes the data far more readable and less
error-prone.  Provide a way to abbreviate entries by omitting field values
that match a specified default value for their column.  This allows removal
of a large amount of repetitive boilerplate and also lowers the barrier to
adding new columns.

Also teach genbki.pl how to translate symbolic OID references into
numeric OIDs for more cases than just "regproc"-like pg_proc references.
It can now do that for regprocedure-like references (thus solving the
problem that regproc is ambiguous for overloaded functions), operators,
types, opfamilies, opclasses, and access methods.  Use this to turn
nearly all OID cross-references in the initial data into symbolic form.
This represents a very large step forward in readability and error
resistance of the initial catalog data.  It should also reduce the
difficulty of renumbering OID assignments in uncommitted patches.

Also, solve the longstanding problem that frontend code that would like to
use OID macros and other information from the catalog headers often had
difficulty with backend-only code in the headers.  To do this, arrange for
all generated macros, plus such other declarations as we deem fit, to be
placed in "derived" header files that are safe for frontend inclusion.
(Once clients migrate to using these pg_*_d.h headers, it will be possible
to get rid of the pg_*_fn.h headers, which only exist to quarantine code
away from clients.  That is left for follow-on patches, however.)

The now-automatically-generated macros include the Anum_xxx and Natts_xxx
constants that we used to have to update by hand when adding or removing
catalog columns.

Replace the former manual method of generating OID macros for pg_type
entries with an automatic method, ensuring that all built-in types have
OID macros.  (But note that this patch does not change the way that
OID macros for pg_proc entries are built and used.  It's not clear that
making that match the other catalogs would be worth extra code churn.)

Add SGML documentation explaining what the new data format is and how to
work with it.

Despite being a very large change in the catalog headers, there is no
catversion bump here, because postgres.bki and related output files
haven't changed at all.

John Naylor, based on ideas from various people; review and minor
additional coding by me; previous review by Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWO48JbbwXkJz_yBFyGYW-M9YWxnPdxJBUosDC9ou_F0Q@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-08 13:17:27 -04:00
Andrew Gierth 49b0e300f7 Support index INCLUDE in the AM properties interface.
This rectifies an oversight in commit 8224de4f4, by adding a new
property 'can_include' for pg_indexam_has_property, and adjusting the
results of pg_index_column_has_property to give more appropriate
results for INCLUDEd columns.
2018-04-08 06:02:05 +01:00
Stephen Frost c37b3d08ca Allow group access on PGDATA
Allow the cluster to be optionally init'd with read access for the
group.

This means a relatively non-privileged user can perform a backup of the
cluster without requiring write privileges, which enhances security.

The mode of PGDATA is used to determine whether group permissions are
enabled for directory and file creates.  This method was chosen as it's
simple and works well for the various utilities that write into PGDATA.

Changing the mode of PGDATA manually will not automatically change the
mode of all the files contained therein.  If the user would like to
enable group access on an existing cluster then changing the mode of all
the existing files will be required.  Note that pg_upgrade will
automatically change the mode of all migrated files if the new cluster
is init'd with the -g option.

Tests are included for the backend and all the utilities which operate
on the PG data directory to ensure that the correct mode is set based on
the data directory permissions.

Author: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, with discussion amongst many others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad346fe6-b23e-59f1-ecb7-0e08390ad629%40pgmasters.net
2018-04-07 17:45:39 -04:00
Stephen Frost da9b580d89 Refactor dir/file permissions
Consolidate directory and file create permissions for tools which work
with the PG data directory by adding a new module (common/file_perm.c)
that contains variables (pg_file_create_mode, pg_dir_create_mode) and
constants to initialize them (0600 for files and 0700 for directories).

Convert mkdir() calls in the backend to MakePGDirectory() if the
original call used default permissions (always the case for regular PG
directories).

Add tests to make sure permissions in PGDATA are set correctly by the
tools which modify the PG data directory.

Authors: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>,
         Adam Brightwell <adam.brightwell@crunchydata.com>
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, with discussion amongst many others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad346fe6-b23e-59f1-ecb7-0e08390ad629%40pgmasters.net
2018-04-07 17:45:39 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev 8224de4f42 Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition.  This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index.  The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans.  Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes.  Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.

Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine.  For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.

In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys).  Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes.  This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid.  Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that.  This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.

Bump catalog version

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
			 David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 23:00:39 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev 1c1791e000 Add json(b)_to_tsvector function
Jsonb has a complex nature so there isn't best-for-everything way to convert it
to tsvector for full text search. Current to_tsvector(json(b)) suggests to
convert only string values, but it's possible to index keys, numerics and even
booleans value. To solve that json(b)_to_tsvector has a second required
argument contained a list of desired types of json fields. Second argument is
a jsonb scalar or array right now with possibility to add new options in a
future.

Bump catalog version

Author: Dmitry Dolgov with some editorization by me
Reviewed by: Teodor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+q6zcXJQbS1b4kJ_HeAOoOc=unfnOrUEL=KGgE32QKDww7d8g@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-07 20:58:03 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 039eb6e92f Logical replication support for TRUNCATE
Update the built-in logical replication system to make use of the
previously added logical decoding for TRUNCATE support.  Add the
required truncate callback to pgoutput and a new logical replication
protocol message.

Publications get a new attribute to determine whether to replicate
truncate actions.  When updating a publication via pg_dump from an older
version, this is not set, thus preserving the previous behavior.

Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Marco Nenciarini <marco.nenciarini@2ndquadrant.it>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-04-07 11:34:11 -04:00
Stephen Frost 11523e860f Support new default roles with adminpack
This provides a newer version of adminpack which works with the newly
added default roles to support GRANT'ing to non-superusers access to
read and write files, along with related functions (unlinking files,
getting file length, renaming/removing files, scanning the log file
directory) which are supported through adminpack.

Note that new versions of the functions are required because an
environment might have an updated version of the library but still have
the old adminpack 1.0 catalog definitions (where EXECUTE is GRANT'd to
PUBLIC for the functions).

This patch also removes the long-deprecated alternative names for
functions that adminpack used to include and which are now included in
the backend, in adminpack v1.1.  Applications using the deprecated names
should be updated to use the backend functions instead.  Existing
installations which continue to use adminpack v1.0 should continue to
function until/unless adminpack is upgraded.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-04-06 14:47:10 -04:00
Stephen Frost 0fdc8495bf Add default roles for file/program access
This patch adds new default roles named 'pg_read_server_files',
'pg_write_server_files', 'pg_execute_server_program' which
allow an administrator to GRANT to a non-superuser role the ability to
access server-side files or run programs through PostgreSQL (as the user
the database is running as).  Having one of these roles allows a
non-superuser to use server-side COPY to read, write, or with a program,
and to use file_fdw (if installed by a superuser and GRANT'd USAGE on
it) to read from files or run a program.

The existing misc file functions are also changed to allow a user with
the 'pg_read_server_files' default role to read any files on the
filesystem, matching the privileges given to that role through COPY and
file_fdw from above.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-04-06 14:47:10 -04:00
Stephen Frost e79350fef2 Remove explicit superuser checks in favor of ACLs
This removes the explicit superuser checks in the various file-access
functions in the backend, specifically pg_ls_dir(), pg_read_file(),
pg_read_binary_file(), and pg_stat_file().  Instead, EXECUTE is REVOKE'd
from public for these, meaning that only a superuser is able to run them
by default, but access to them can be GRANT'd to other roles.

Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-04-06 14:47:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 94c1f9ba11 Add memory context identifier to portal context
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6421.1522194949@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-06 12:37:54 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut bbca77623f Rename MemoryContextCopySetIdentifier() for clarity
MemoryContextCopySetIdentifier -> MemoryContextCopyAndSetIdentifier

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6421.1522194949@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-06 12:37:54 -04:00
Magnus Hagander 1fde38beaa Allow on-line enabling and disabling of data checksums
This makes it possible to turn checksums on in a live cluster, without
the previous need for dump/reload or logical replication (and to turn it
off).

Enabling checkusm starts a background process in the form of a
launcher/worker combination that goes through the entire database and
recalculates checksums on each and every page. Only when all pages have
been checksummed are they fully enabled in the cluster. Any failure of
the process will revert to checksums off and the process has to be
started.

This adds a new WAL record that indicates the state of checksums, so
the process works across replicated clusters.

Authors: Magnus Hagander and Daniel Gustafsson
Review: Tomas Vondra, Michael Banck, Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
2018-04-05 22:04:48 +02:00
Magnus Hagander eed1ce72e1 Allow background workers to bypass datallowconn
THis adds a "flags" field to the BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection()
and BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid(). For now only one flag,
BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN, is defined, which allows the worker to ignore
datallowconn.
2018-04-05 19:02:45 +02:00
Teodor Sigaev 1664ae1978 Add websearch_to_tsquery
Error-tolerant conversion function with web-like syntax for search query,
it simplifies  constraining search engine with close to habitual interface for
users.

Bump catalog version

Authors: Victor Drobny, Dmitry Ivanov with editorization by me
Reviewed by: Aleksander Alekseev, Tomas Vondra, Thomas Munro, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fe931111ff7e9ad79196486ada79e268@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-05 19:55:11 +03:00
Andrew Gierth 1fd8690668 Install errcodes.txt for use by extensions.
Maintainers of out-of-tree PLs typically need access to the set of
error codes. To avoid the need to duplicate that information in some
form in PL source trees, provide errcodes.txt as part of a server
installation.

Thomas Munro, based on a suggestion from Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87woykk7mu.fsf%40news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2018-04-05 04:05:40 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 7d7c99790b Restore erroneously removed ONLY from PK check
This is a blind fix, since I don't have SE-Linux to verify it.

Per unwanted change in rhinoceros, running sepgsql tests.  Noted by Tom
Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32347.1522865050@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-04 16:38:11 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 3de241dba8 Foreign keys on partitioned tables
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231194359.cvojcour423ulha4@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2018-04-04 14:02:49 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev 857f9c36cd Skip full index scan during cleanup of B-tree indexes when possible
Vacuum of index consists from two stages: multiple (zero of more) ambulkdelete
calls and one amvacuumcleanup call. When workload on particular table
is append-only, then autovacuum isn't intended to touch this table. However,
user may run vacuum manually in order to fill visibility map and get benefits
of index-only scans. Then ambulkdelete wouldn't be called for indexes
of such table (because no heap tuples were deleted), only amvacuumcleanup would
be called In this case, amvacuumcleanup would perform full index scan for
two objectives: put recyclable pages into free space map and update index
statistics.

This patch allows btvacuumclanup to skip full index scan when two conditions
are satisfied: no pages are going to be put into free space map and index
statistics isn't stalled. In order to check first condition, we store
oldest btpo_xact in the meta-page. When it's precedes RecentGlobalXmin, then
there are some recyclable pages. In order to check second condition we store
number of heap tuples observed during previous full index scan by cleanup.
If fraction of newly inserted tuples is less than
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, then statistics isn't considered to be
stalled. vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor can be defined as both reloption and GUC (default).

This patch bumps B-tree meta-page version. Upgrade of meta-page is performed
"on the fly": during VACUUM meta-page is rewritten with new version. No special
handling in pg_upgrade is required.

Author: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
Review by: Peter Geoghegan, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov, Yura Sokolov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAD21AoAX+d2oD_nrd9O2YkpzHaFr=uQeGr9s1rKC3O4ENc568g@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-04 19:29:00 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera cd5005bc12 Pass correct TupDesc to ri_NullCheck() in Assert
Previous coding was passing the wrong table's tuple descriptor, which
accidentally fails to fail because no existing test case exercises a
foreign key in which the referenced attributes are further to the right
of the referencing attributes.

Add a test so that further breakage is visible.

This got broken in 16828d5c02.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180403204723.fqte755nukgm42uf@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-03 18:04:50 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev 710d90da1f Add prefix operator for TEXT type.
The prefix operator along with SP-GiST indexes can be used as an alternative
for LIKE 'word%' commands  and it doesn't have a limitation of string/prefix
length as B-Tree has.

Bump catalog version

Author: Ildus Kurbangaliev with some editorization by me
Review by: Arthur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, and me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180202180327.222b04b3@wp.localdomain
2018-04-03 19:46:45 +03:00
Tom Lane 0b11a674fb Fix a boatload of typos in C comments.
Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180331105640.GK28454@telsasoft.com
2018-04-01 15:01:28 -04:00
Tom Lane 1bb9e731e1 Improve out-of-memory error reports by including memory context name.
Add the target context's name to the errdetail field of "out of memory"
errors in mcxt.c.  Per discussion, this seems likely to be useful to
help narrow down the cause of a reported failure, and it costs little.
Also, now that context names are required to be compile-time constants
in all cases, there's little reason to be concerned about security
issues from exposing these names to users.  (Because of such concerns,
we are *not* including the context "ident" field.)

In passing, add unlikely() markers to the allocation-failed tests,
just to be sure the compiler is on the right page about that.
Also, in palloc and friends, copy CurrentMemoryContext into a local
variable, as that's almost surely cheaper to reference than a global.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1099.1522285628@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-03-30 13:53:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 20b4323bd1 C comments: "a" <--> "an" corrections
Reported-by: Michael Paquier, Abhijit Menon-Sen

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180305045854.GB2266@paquier.xyz

Author: Michael Paquier, Abhijit Menon-Sen, me
2018-03-29 15:18:53 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev c0cbe00fee Add casts from jsonb
Add explicit cast from scalar jsonb to all numeric and bool types. It would be
better to have cast from scalar jsonb to text too but there is already a cast
from jsonb to text as just text representation of json. There is no way to have
two different casts for the same type's pair.

Bump catalog version

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with editorization by Nikita Glukhov and me
Review by: Aleksander Alekseev, Nikita Glukhov, Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0154d35a-24ae-f063-5273-9ffcdf1c7f2e@postgrespro.ru
2018-03-29 16:33:56 +03:00
Magnus Hagander 669820a3d9 Fix typo in comment
Arthur Zakirov, confirmed by Thomas Munro
2018-03-29 11:42:32 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 056a5a3f63 Allow committing inside cursor loop
Previously, committing or aborting inside a cursor loop was prohibited
because that would close and remove the cursor.  To allow that,
automatically convert such cursors to holdable cursors so they survive
commits or rollbacks.  Portals now have a new state "auto-held", which
means they have been converted automatically from pinned.  An auto-held
portal is kept on transaction commit or rollback, but is still removed
when returning to the main loop on error.

This supports all languages that have cursor loop constructs: PL/pgSQL,
PL/Python, PL/Perl.

Reviewed-by: Ildus Kurbangaliev <i.kurbangaliev@postgrespro.ru>
2018-03-28 19:03:26 -04:00
Andres Freund 9370462e9a Add inlining support to LLVM JIT provider.
This provides infrastructure to allow JITed code to inline code
implemented in C. This e.g. can be postgres internal functions or
extension code.

This already speeds up long running queries, by allowing the LLVM
optimizer to optimize across function boundaries. The optimization
potential currently doesn't reach its full potential because LLVM
cannot optimize the FunctionCallInfoData argument fully away, because
it's allocated on the heap rather than the stack. Fixing that is
beyond what's realistic for v11.

To be able to do that, use CLANG to convert C code to LLVM bitcode,
and have LLVM build a summary for it. That bitcode can then be used to
to inline functions at runtime. For that the bitcode needs to be
installed. Postgres bitcode goes into $pkglibdir/bitcode/postgres,
extensions go into equivalent directories.  PGXS has been modified so
that happens automatically if postgres has been compiled with LLVM
support.

Currently this isn't the fastest inline implementation, modules are
reloaded from disk during inlining. That's to work around an apparent
LLVM bug, triggering an apparently spurious error in LLVM assertion
enabled builds.  Once that is resolved we can remove the superfluous
read from disk.

Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-28 13:19:08 -07:00
Tom Lane c2d4eb1b1f Fix actual and potential double-frees around tuplesort usage.
tuplesort_gettupleslot() passed back tuples allocated in the tuplesort's
own memory context, even when the caller was responsible to free them.
This created a double-free hazard, because some callers might destroy
the tuplesort object (via tuplesort_end) before trying to clean up the
last returned tuple.  To avoid this, change the API to specify that the
tuple is allocated in the caller's memory context.  v10 and HEAD already
did things that way, but in 9.5 and 9.6 this is a live bug that can
demonstrably cause crashes with some grouping-set usages.

In 9.5 and 9.6, this requires doing an extra tuple copy in some cases,
which is unfortunate.  But the amount of refactoring needed to avoid it
seems excessive for a back-patched change, especially since the cases
where an extra copy happens are less performance-critical.

Likewise change tuplesort_getdatum() to return pass-by-reference Datums
in the caller's context not the tuplesort's context.  There seem to be
no live bugs among its callers, but clearly the same sort of situation
could happen in future.

For other tuplesort fetch routines, continue to allocate the memory in
the tuplesort's context.  This is a little inconsistent with what we now
do for tuplesort_gettupleslot() and tuplesort_getdatum(), but that's
preferable to adding new copy overhead in the back branches where it's
clearly unnecessary.  These other fetch routines provide the weakest
possible guarantees about tuple memory lifespan from v10 on, anyway,
so this actually seems more consistent overall.

Adjust relevant comments to reflect these API redefinitions.

Arguably, we should change the pre-9.5 branches as well, but since
there are no known failure cases there, it seems not worth the risk.

Peter Geoghegan, per report from Bernd Helmle.  Reviewed by Kyotaro
Horiguchi; thanks also to Andreas Seltenreich for extracting a
self-contained test case.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1512661638.9720.34.camel@oopsware.de
2018-03-28 13:26:57 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 16828d5c02 Fast ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a non-NULL default
Currently adding a column to a table with a non-NULL default results in
a rewrite of the table. For large tables this can be both expensive and
disruptive. This patch removes the need for the rewrite as long as the
default value is not volatile. The default expression is evaluated at
the time of the ALTER TABLE and the result stored in a new column
(attmissingval) in pg_attribute, and a new column (atthasmissing) is set
to true. Any existing row when fetched will be supplied with the
attmissingval. New rows will have the supplied value or the default and
so will never need the attmissingval.

Any time the table is rewritten all the atthasmissing and attmissingval
settings for the attributes are cleared, as they are no longer needed.

The most visible code change from this is in heap_attisnull, which
acquires a third TupleDesc argument, allowing it to detect a missing
value if there is one. In many cases where it is known that there will
not be any (e.g.  catalog relations) NULL can be passed for this
argument.

Andrew Dunstan, heavily modified from an original patch from Serge
Rielau.
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra and David Rowley.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31e2e921-7002-4c27-59f5-51f08404c858@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-03-28 10:43:52 +10:30
Tom Lane 442accc3fe Allow memory contexts to have both fixed and variable ident strings.
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident".  The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to.  The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later.  This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.

The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there.  And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.

All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead.  This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other.  Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.

I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier.  This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already.  We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans.  That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first).  I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.

This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format.  This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.

The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1.  Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-27 16:46:51 -04:00
Simon Riggs c203d6cf81 Allow HOT updates for some expression indexes
If the value of an index expression is unchanged after UPDATE,
allow HOT updates where previously we disallowed them, giving
a significant performance boost in those cases.

Particularly useful for indexes such as JSON->>field where the
JSON value changes but the indexed value does not.

Submitted as "surjective indexes" patch, now enabled by use
of new "recheck_on_update" parameter.

Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Reviewer: Simon Riggs, with much wordsmithing and some cleanup
2018-03-27 19:57:02 +01:00
Andres Freund 32af96b2b1 JIT tuple deforming in LLVM JIT provider.
Performing JIT compilation for deforming gains performance benefits
over unJITed deforming from compile-time knowledge of the tuple
descriptor. Fixed column widths, NOT NULLness, etc can be taken
advantage of.

Right now the JITed deforming is only used when deforming tuples as
part of expression evaluation (and obviously only if the descriptor is
known). It's likely to be beneficial in other cases, too.

By default tuple deforming is JITed whenever an expression is JIT
compiled. There's a separate boolean GUC controlling it, but that's
expected to be primarily useful for development and benchmarking.

Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-26 12:57:19 -07:00
Tom Lane 4b538727e2 Fix make rules that generate multiple output files.
For years, our makefiles have correctly observed that "there is no correct
way to write a rule that generates two files".  However, what we did is to
provide empty rules that "generate" the secondary output files from the
primary one, and that's not right either.  Depending on the details of
the creating process, the primary file might end up timestamped later than
one or more secondary files, causing subsequent make runs to consider the
secondary file(s) out of date.  That's harmless in a plain build, since
make will just re-execute the empty rule and nothing happens.  But it's
fatal in a VPATH build, since make will expect the secondary file to be
rebuilt in the build directory.  This would manifest as "file not found"
failures during VPATH builds from tarballs, if we were ever unlucky enough
to ship a tarball with apparently out-of-date secondary files.  (It's not
clear whether that has ever actually happened, but it definitely could.)

To ensure that secondary output files have timestamps >= their primary's,
change our makefile convention to be that we provide a "touch $@" action
not an empty rule.  Also, make sure that this rule actually gets invoked
during a distprep run, else the hazard remains.

It's been like this a long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.

In HEAD, I skipped the changes in src/backend/catalog/Makefile, because
those rules are due to get replaced soon in the bootstrap data format
patch, and there seems no need to create a merge issue for that patch.
If for some reason we fail to land that patch in v11, we'll need to
back-fill the changes in that one makefile from v10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18556.1521668179@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-03-23 13:46:00 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 9a95a77d9d Use stdbool.h if suitable
Using the standard bool type provided by C allows some recent compilers
and debuggers to give better diagnostics.  Also, some extension code and
third-party headers are increasingly pulling in stdbool.h, so it's
probably saner if everyone uses the same definition.

But PostgreSQL code is not prepared to handle bool of a size other than
1, so we keep our own old definition if we encounter a stdbool.h with a
bool of a different size.  (Among current build farm members, this only
applies to old macOS versions on PowerPC.)

To check that the used bool is of the right size, add a static
assertions about size of GinTernaryValue vs bool.  This is currently the
only place that assumes that bool and char are of the same size.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3a0fe7e1-5ed1-414b-9230-53bbc0ed1f49@2ndquadrant.com
2018-03-22 20:42:25 -04:00
Andres Freund 2a0faed9d7 Add expression compilation support to LLVM JIT provider.
In addition to the interpretation of expressions (which back
evaluation of WHERE clauses, target list projection, aggregates
transition values etc) support compiling expressions to native code,
using the infrastructure added in earlier commits.

To avoid duplicating a lot of code, only support emitting code for
cases that are likely to be performance critical. For expression steps
that aren't deemed that, use the existing interpreter.

The generated code isn't great - some architectural changes are
required to address that. But this already yields a significant
speedup for some analytics queries, particularly with WHERE clauses
filtering a lot, or computing multiple aggregates.

Author: Andres Freund
Tested-By: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de

Disable JITing for VALUES() nodes.

VALUES() nodes are only ever executed once. This is primarily helpful
for debugging, when forcing JITing even for cheap queries.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-22 14:45:59 -07:00
Andres Freund cc415a56d0 Basic planner and executor integration for JIT.
This adds simple cost based plan time decision about whether JIT
should be performed. jit_above_cost, jit_optimize_above_cost are
compared with the total cost of a plan, and if the cost is above them
JIT is performed / optimization is performed respectively.

For that PlannedStmt and EState have a jitFlags (es_jit_flags) field
that stores information about what JIT operations should be performed.

EState now also has a new es_jit field, which can store a
JitContext. When there are no errors the context is released in
standard_ExecutorEnd().

It is likely that the default values for jit_[optimize_]above_cost
will need to be adapted further, but in my test these values seem to
work reasonably.

Author: Andres Freund, with feedback by Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-22 11:51:58 -07:00
Andres Freund 250bca7fc1 Debugging and profiling support for LLVM JIT provider.
This currently requires patches to the LLVM codebase to be
effective (submitted upstream), the GUCs are available without those
patches however.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-22 11:07:55 -07:00
Andres Freund b96d550eb0 Support for optimizing and emitting code in LLVM JIT provider.
This commit introduces the ability to actually generate code using
LLVM. In particular, this adds:

- Ability to emit code both in heavily optimized and largely
  unoptimized fashion
- Batching facility to allow functions to be defined in small
  increments, but optimized and emitted in executable form in larger
  batches (for performance and memory efficiency)
- Type and function declaration synchronization between runtime
  generated code and normal postgres code. This is critical to be able
  to access struct fields etc.
- Developer oriented jit_dump_bitcode GUC, for inspecting / debugging
  the generated code.
- per JitContext statistics of number of functions, time spent
  generating code, optimizing, and emitting it.  This will later be
  employed for EXPLAIN support.

This commit doesn't yet contain any code actually generating
functions. That'll follow in later commits.

Documentation for GUCs added, and for JIT in general, will be added in
later commits.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by Pierre Ducroquet
Testing-By: Thomas Munro, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-22 11:05:22 -07:00
Robert Haas e2f1eb0ee3 Implement partition-wise grouping/aggregation.
If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY
clause, all the rows belonging to a given group come from a single
partition.  This allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned
relation to be broken down * into aggregation/grouping on each
partition.  This should be no worse, and often better, than the normal
approach.

If the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys, we can
still perform partial aggregation for each partition and then finalize
aggregation after appending the partial results.  This is less certain
to be a win, but it's still useful.

Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat, Robert Haas.  The larger patch series
of which this patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin
Houska, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Pascal Legrand, and Rafia Sabih.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=V64_xhstVHie0Rz=KPEQnLJMZt_e314P0jaT_oJ9MR8A@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-22 12:49:48 -04:00
Andres Freund 432bb9e04d Basic JIT provider and error handling infrastructure.
This commit introduces:

1) JIT provider abstraction, which allows JIT functionality to be
   implemented in separate shared libraries. That's desirable because
   it allows to install JIT support as a separate package, and because
   it allows experimentation with different forms of JITing.
2) JITContexts which can be, using functions introduced in follow up
   commits, used to emit JITed functions, and have them be cleaned up
   on error.
3) The outline of a LLVM JIT provider, which will be fleshed out in
   subsequent commits.

Documentation for GUCs added, and for JIT in general, will be added in
later commits.

Author: Andres Freund, with architectural input from Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-21 19:28:28 -07:00
Tom Lane 846b5a5257 Prevent extensions from creating custom GUCs that are GUC_LIST_QUOTE.
Pending some solution for the problems noted in commit 742869946,
disallow dynamic creation of GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables.

If there are any extensions out there using this feature, they'd not
be happy for us to start enforcing this rule in minor releases, so
this is a HEAD-only change.  The previous commit didn't make things
any worse than they already were for such cases.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180111064900.GA51030@paquier.xyz
2018-03-21 20:11:07 -04:00
Tom Lane 742869946f Fix mishandling of quoted-list GUC values in pg_dump and ruleutils.c.
Code that prints out the contents of setconfig or proconfig arrays in
SQL format needs to handle GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables differently from
other ones, because for those variables, flatten_set_variable_args()
already applied a layer of quoting.  The value can therefore safely
be printed as-is, and indeed must be, or flatten_set_variable_args()
will muck it up completely on reload.  For all other GUC variables,
it's necessary and sufficient to quote the value as a SQL literal.

We'd recognized the need for this long ago, but mis-analyzed the
need slightly, thinking that all GUC_LIST_INPUT variables needed
the special treatment.  That's actually wrong, since a valid value
of a LIST variable might include characters that need quoting,
although no existing variables accept such values.

More to the point, we hadn't made any particular effort to keep the
various places that deal with this up-to-date with the set of variables
that actually need special treatment, meaning that we'd do the wrong
thing with, for example, temp_tablespaces values.  This affects dumping
of SET clauses attached to functions, as well as ALTER DATABASE/ROLE SET
commands.

In ruleutils.c we can fix it reasonably honestly by exporting a guc.c
function that allows discovering the flags for a given GUC variable.
But pg_dump doesn't have easy access to that, so continue the old method
of having a hard-wired list of affected variable names.  At least we can
fix it to have just one list not two, and update the list to match
current reality.

A remaining problem with this is that it only works for built-in
GUC variables.  pg_dump's list obvious knows nothing of third-party
extensions, and even the "ask guc.c" method isn't bulletproof since
the relevant extension might not be loaded.  There's no obvious
solution to that, so for now, we'll just have to discourage extension
authors from inventing custom GUCs that need GUC_LIST_QUOTE.

This has been busted for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.

Michael Paquier and Tom Lane, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and
Pavel Stehule

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180111064900.GA51030@paquier.xyz
2018-03-21 20:03:28 -04:00
Tom Lane 6497a18e6c Fix some corner-case issues in REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW CONCURRENTLY.
refresh_by_match_merge() has some issues in the way it builds a SQL
query to construct the "diff" table:

1. It doesn't require the selected unique index(es) to be indimmediate.
2. It doesn't pay attention to the particular equality semantics enforced
by a given index, but just assumes that they must be those of the column
datatype's default btree opclass.
3. It doesn't check that the indexes are btrees.
4. It's insufficiently careful to ensure that the parser will pick the
intended operator when parsing the query.  (This would have been a
security bug before CVE-2018-1058.)
5. It's not careful about indexes on system columns.

The way to fix #4 is to make use of the existing code in ri_triggers.c
for generating an arbitrary binary operator clause.  I chose to move
that to ruleutils.c, since that seems a more reasonable place to be
exporting such functionality from than ri_triggers.c.

While #1, #3, and #5 are just latent given existing feature restrictions,
and #2 doesn't arise in the core system for lack of alternate opclasses
with different equality behaviors, #4 seems like an issue worth
back-patching.  That's the bulk of the change anyway, so just back-patch
the whole thing to 9.4 where this code was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13836.1521413227@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-03-19 18:50:05 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 8a3d942529 Add ssl_passphrase_command setting
This allows specifying an external command for prompting for or
otherwise obtaining passphrases for SSL key files.  This is useful
because in many cases there is no TTY easily available during service
startup.

Also add a setting ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload, which allows
supporting SSL configuration reload even if SSL files need passphrases.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2018-03-17 08:28:51 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 04700b685f Rename TransactionChain functions
We call this thing a "transaction block" everywhere except in a few
functions, where it is mysteriously called a "transaction chain".  In
the SQL standard, a transaction chain is something different.  So rename
these functions to match the common terminology.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-03-16 13:18:06 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 3a4b891964 Fix more format truncation issues
Fix the warnings created by the compiler warning options
-Wformat-overflow=2 -Wformat-truncation=2, supported since GCC 7.  This
is a more aggressive variant of the fixes in
6275f5d28a, which GCC 7 warned about by
default.

The issues are all harmless, but some dubious coding patterns are
cleaned up.

One issue that is of external interest is that BGW_MAXLEN is increased
from 64 to 96.  Apparently, the old value would cause the bgw_name of
logical replication workers to be truncated in some circumstances.

But this doesn't actually add those warning options.  It appears that
the warnings depend a bit on compilation and optimization options, so it
would be annoying to have to keep up with that.  This is more of a
once-in-a-while cleanup.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-15 11:41:42 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 33803f67f1 Support INOUT arguments in procedures
In a top-level CALL, the values of INOUT arguments will be returned as a
result row.  In PL/pgSQL, the values are assigned back to the input
arguments.  In other languages, the same convention as for return a
record from a function is used.  That does not require any code changes
in the PL implementations.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2018-03-14 12:07:28 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 17bb625017 Move strtoint() to common
Several places used similar code to convert a string to an int, so take
the function that we already had and make it globally available.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-13 10:21:09 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 6cf86f4354 Change internal integer representation of Value node
A Value node would store an integer as a long.  This causes needless
portability risks, as long can be of varying sizes.  Change it to use
int instead.  All code using this was already careful to only store
32-bit values anyway.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-13 09:56:25 -04:00
Tom Lane 4a4e2442a7 Fix improper uses of canonicalize_qual().
One of the things canonicalize_qual() does is to remove constant-NULL
subexpressions of top-level AND/OR clauses.  It does that on the assumption
that what it's given is a top-level WHERE clause, so that NULL can be
treated like FALSE.  Although this is documented down inside a subroutine
of canonicalize_qual(), it wasn't mentioned in the documentation of that
function itself, and some callers hadn't gotten that memo.

Notably, commit d007a9505 caused get_relation_constraints() to apply
canonicalize_qual() to CHECK constraints.  That allowed constraint
exclusion to misoptimize situations in which a CHECK constraint had a
provably-NULL subclause, as seen in the regression test case added here,
in which a child table that should be scanned is not.  (Although this
thinko is ancient, the test case doesn't fail before 9.2, for reasons
I've not bothered to track down in detail.  There may be related cases
that do fail before that.)

More recently, commit f0e44751d added an independent bug by applying
canonicalize_qual() to index expressions, which is even sillier since
those might not even be boolean.  If they are, though, I think this
could lead to making incorrect index entries for affected index
expressions in v10.  I haven't attempted to prove that though.

To fix, add an "is_check" parameter to canonicalize_qual() to specify
whether it should assume WHERE or CHECK semantics, and make it perform
NULL-elimination accordingly.  Adjust the callers to apply the right
semantics, or remove the call entirely in cases where it's not known
that the expression has one or the other semantics.  I also removed
the call in some cases involving partition expressions, where it should
be a no-op because such expressions should be canonical already ...
and was a no-op, independently of whether it could in principle have
done something, because it was being handed the qual in implicit-AND
format which isn't what it expects.  In HEAD, add an Assert to catch
that type of mistake in future.

This represents an API break for external callers of canonicalize_qual().
While that's intentional in HEAD to make such callers think about which
case applies to them, it seems like something we probably wouldn't be
thanked for in released branches.  Hence, in released branches, the
extra parameter is added to a new function canonicalize_qual_ext(),
and canonicalize_qual() is a wrapper that retains its old behavior.

Patch by me with suggestions from Dean Rasheed.  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24475.1520635069@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-03-11 18:10:42 -04:00
Tom Lane 4e0c743c18 Fix cross-checking of ReservedBackends/max_wal_senders/MaxConnections.
We were independently checking ReservedBackends < MaxConnections and
max_wal_senders < MaxConnections, but because walsenders aren't allowed
to use superuser-reserved connections, that's really the wrong thing.
Correct behavior is to insist on ReservedBackends + max_wal_senders being
less than MaxConnections.  Fix the code and associated documentation.

This has been wrong for a long time, but since the situation probably
hardly ever arises in the field (especially pre-v10, when the default
for max_wal_senders was zero), no back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28271.1520195491@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-03-08 11:25:26 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera f4a2842ac3 Fix typo
Author: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180307.163428.209919771.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-03-07 07:08:38 -03:00
Tom Lane 58d9acc18d Fix assorted issues in convert_to_scalar().
If convert_to_scalar is passed a pair of datatypes it can't cope with,
its former behavior was just to elog(ERROR).  While this is OK so far as
the core code is concerned, there's extension code that would like to use
scalarltsel/scalargtsel/etc as selectivity estimators for operators that
work on non-core datatypes, and this behavior is a show-stopper for that
use-case.  If we simply allow convert_to_scalar to return FALSE instead of
outright failing, then the main logic of scalarltsel/scalargtsel will work
fine for any operator that behaves like a scalar inequality comparison.
The lack of conversion capability will mean that we can't estimate to
better than histogram-bin-width precision, since the code will effectively
assume that the comparison constant falls at the middle of its bin.  But
that's still a lot better than nothing.  (Someday we should provide a way
for extension code to supply a custom version of convert_to_scalar, but
today is not that day.)

While poking at this issue, we noted that the existing code for handling
type bytea in convert_to_scalar is several bricks shy of a load.
It assumes without checking that if the comparison value is type bytea,
the bounds values are too; in the worst case this could lead to a crash.
It also fails to detoast the input values, so that the comparison result is
complete garbage if any input is toasted out-of-line, compressed, or even
just short-header.  I'm not sure how often such cases actually occur ---
the bounds values, at least, are probably safe since they are elements of
an array and hence can't be toasted.  But that doesn't make this code OK.

Back-patch to all supported branches, partly because author requested that,
but mostly because of the bytea bugs.  The change in API for the exposed
routine convert_network_to_scalar() is theoretically a back-patch hazard,
but it seems pretty unlikely that any third-party code is calling that
function directly.

Tomas Vondra, with some adjustments by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b68441b6-d18f-13ab-b43b-9a72188a4e02@2ndquadrant.com
2018-03-03 20:31:35 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut fd1a421fe6 Add prokind column, replacing proisagg and proiswindow
The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates,
and window functions.  This replaces the existing columns proisagg and
proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated
by prorettype == 0.  Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-02 13:48:33 -05:00
Tom Lane 6452b098c0 Remove out-of-date comment about formrdesc().
formrdesc's comment listed the specific catalogs it is called for,
but the list was out of date.  Rather than jumping back onto that
maintenance treadmill, let's just remove the list.  It tells the
reader nothing that can't be learned quickly and more reliably by
searching relcache.c for callers of formrdesc().

Oversight noted by Kyotaro Horiguchi.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180214.105314.138966434.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-03-01 12:03:29 -05:00
Tom Lane 8f72a57048 Fix format_type() to restore its old behavior.
Commit a26116c6c accidentally changed the behavior of the SQL format_type()
function while refactoring.  For the reasons explained in that function's
comment, a NULL typemod argument should behave differently from a -1
argument.  Since we've managed to break this, add a regression test
memorializing the intended behavior.

In passing, be consistent about the type of the "flags" parameter.

Noted by Rushabh Lathia, though I revised the patch some more.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf3RB2q-d2Awp_-x-Ur6aOxTUwnApt-vm-iTtceZxYnePg@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-01 11:37:46 -05:00
Tom Lane 43e9490866 Rename base64 routines to avoid conflict with Solaris built-in functions.
Solaris 11.4 has built-in functions named b64_encode and b64_decode.
Rename ours to something else to avoid the conflict (fortunately,
ours are static so the impact is limited).

One could wish for less duplication of code in this area, but that
would be a larger patch and not very suitable for back-patching.
Since this is a portability fix, we want to put it into all supported
branches.

Report and initial patch by Rainer Orth, reviewed and adjusted a bit
by Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ydd372wk28h.fsf@CeBiTec.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
2018-02-28 18:33:45 -05:00
Tom Lane 3d2aed664e Avoid using unsafe search_path settings during dump and restore.
Historically, pg_dump has "set search_path = foo, pg_catalog" when
dumping an object in schema "foo", and has also caused that setting
to be used while restoring the object.  This is problematic because
functions and operators in schema "foo" could capture references meant
to refer to pg_catalog entries, both in the queries issued by pg_dump
and those issued during the subsequent restore run.  That could
result in dump/restore misbehavior, or in privilege escalation if a
nefarious user installs trojan-horse functions or operators.

This patch changes pg_dump so that it does not change the search_path
dynamically.  The emitted restore script sets the search_path to what
was used at dump time, and then leaves it alone thereafter.  Created
objects are placed in the correct schema, regardless of the active
search_path, by dint of schema-qualifying their names in the CREATE
commands, as well as in subsequent ALTER and ALTER-like commands.

Since this change requires a change in the behavior of pg_restore
when processing an archive file made according to this new convention,
bump the archive file version number; old versions of pg_restore will
therefore refuse to process files made with new versions of pg_dump.

Security: CVE-2018-1058
2018-02-26 10:18:21 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut c4ba1bee68 Update headers of generated files
The scripts were changed in c98c35cd08,
but the output files were not updated to reflect the script changes.
2018-02-24 14:54:17 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 9ee0573ef1 Add current directory to Perl include path
Recent Perl versions don't have the current directory in the module
include path anymore, so we need to add it here explicitly to make these
scripts continue to work.
2018-02-24 14:54:16 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut fde03e8b55 Use croak instead of die in Perl code when appropriate 2018-02-24 14:54:16 -05:00
Tom Lane 32291aed49 Fix thinko in in_range_float4_float8.
I forgot the coding rule for correct use of Float8GetDatumFast.
Per buildfarm.
2018-02-24 14:46:37 -05:00
Tom Lane 8b29e88cdc Add window RANGE support for float4, float8, numeric.
Commit 0a459cec9 left this for later, but since time's running out,
I went ahead and took care of it.  There are more data types that
somebody might someday want RANGE support for, but this is enough
to satisfy all expectations of the SQL standard, which just says that
"numeric, datetime, and interval" types should have RANGE support.
2018-02-24 13:23:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 10cfce34c0 Add user-callable SHA-2 functions
Add the user-callable functions sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512.  We
already had these in the C code to support SCRAM, but there was no test
coverage outside of the SCRAM tests.  Adding these as user-callable
functions allows writing some tests.  Also, we have a user-callable md5
function but no more modern alternative, which led to wide use of md5 as
a general-purpose hash function, which leads to occasional complaints
about using md5.

Also mark the existing md5 functions as leak-proof.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-02-22 11:34:53 -05:00
Robert Haas de6428afe1 Avoid another valgrind complaint about write() of uninitalized bytes.
Peter Geoghegan, per buildfarm member skink and Andres Freund

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20180221053426.gp72lw67yfpzkw7a@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-02-22 09:28:12 -05:00
Tom Lane 524d64ea8e Remove bogus "extern" annotations on function definitions.
While this is not illegal C, project style is to put "extern" only on
declarations not definitions.

David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9RKLWXcMBQhvDYhmsMEo+ALuNgA-NE+AX5Uoke9DJ2Xg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-19 12:07:44 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera a26116c6cb Refactor format_type APIs to be more modular
Introduce a new format_type_extended, with a flags bitmask argument that
can modify the default behavior.  A few compatibility and readability
wrappers remain:
	format_type_be
	format_type_be_qualified
	format_type_with_typemod
while format_type_with_typemod_qualified, which had a single caller, is
removed.

Author: Michael Paquier, some revisions by me
Discussion: 20180213035107.GA2915@paquier.xyz
2018-02-17 19:02:15 -03:00
Andres Freund bf6c614a2f Do execGrouping.c via expression eval machinery, take two.
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.

Large parts of this were previously committed (773aec7aa), but the
commit contained an omission around cross-type comparisons and was
thus reverted.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-02-16 14:38:13 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut ad9a274778 Fix crash when canceling parallel query
elog(FATAL) would end up calling PortalCleanup(), which would call
executor shutdown code, which could fail and crash, especially under
parallel query.  This was introduced by
8561e4840c, which did not want to mark an
active portal as failed by a normal transaction abort anymore.  But we
do need to do that for an elog(FATAL) exit.  Introduce a variable
shmem_exit_inprogress similar to the existing proc_exit_inprogress, so
we can tell whether we are in the FATAL exit scenario.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
2018-02-16 16:21:24 -05:00
Tom Lane 49bff412ed Remove some inappropriate #includes.
Other header files should never #include postgres.h (nor postgres_fe.h,
nor c.h), per project policy.  Also, there's no need for any backend .c
file to explicitly include elog.h or palloc.h, because postgres.h pulls
those in already.

Extracted from a larger patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi.  The rest of the
removals he suggests require more study, but these are no-brainers.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180215.200447.209320006.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-02-16 12:14:08 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2fb1abaeb0 Rename enable_partition_wise_join to enable_partitionwise_join
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ad24e4f4-6481-066e-e3fb-6ef4a3121882%402ndquadrant.com
2018-02-16 10:33:59 -05:00
Andres Freund 2a41507dab Revert "Do execGrouping.c via expression eval machinery."
This reverts commit 773aec7aa9.

There's an unresolved issue in the reverted commit: It only creates
one comparator function, but in for the nodeSubplan.c case we need
more (c.f. FindTupleHashEntry vs LookupTupleHashEntry calls in
nodeSubplan.c).

This isn't too difficult to fix, but it's not entirely trivial
either. The fact that the issue only causes breakage on 32bit systems
shows that the current test coverage isn't that great.  To avoid
turning half the buildfarm red till those two issues are addressed,
revert.
2018-02-15 22:39:18 -08:00
Andres Freund 773aec7aa9 Do execGrouping.c via expression eval machinery.
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-02-15 21:55:31 -08:00
Tom Lane 9a725f7b5c Silence assorted "variable may be used uninitialized" warnings.
All of these are false positives, but in each case a fair amount of
analysis is needed to see that, and it's not too surprising that not all
compilers are smart enough.  (In particular, in the logtape.c case, a
compiler lacking the knowledge provided by the Assert would almost surely
complain, so that this warning will be seen in any non-assert build.)

Some of these are of long standing while others are pretty recent,
but it only seems worth fixing them in HEAD.

Jaime Casanova, tweaked a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeMcYAMJdPAom52dppLMtF-UnEZi0dooj==75OEv1EoBZA@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-14 16:06:49 -05:00
Tom Lane 4b93f57999 Make plpgsql use its DTYPE_REC code paths for composite-type variables.
Formerly, DTYPE_REC was used only for variables declared as "record";
variables of named composite types used DTYPE_ROW, which is faster for
some purposes but much less flexible.  In particular, the ROW code paths
are entirely incapable of dealing with DDL-caused changes to the number
or data types of the columns of a row variable, once a particular plpgsql
function has been parsed for the first time in a session.  And, since the
stored representation of a ROW isn't a tuple, there wasn't any easy way
to deal with variables of domain-over-composite types, since the domain
constraint checking code would expect the value to be checked to be a
tuple.  A lesser, but still real, annoyance is that ROW format cannot
represent a true NULL composite value, only a row of per-field NULL
values, which is not exactly the same thing.

Hence, switch to using DTYPE_REC for all composite-typed variables,
whether "record", named composite type, or domain over named composite
type.  DTYPE_ROW remains but is used only for its native purpose, to
represent a fixed-at-compile-time list of variables, for instance the
targets of an INTO clause.

To accomplish this without taking significant performance losses, introduce
infrastructure that allows storing composite-type variables as "expanded
objects", similar to the "expanded array" infrastructure introduced in
commit 1dc5ebc90.  A composite variable's value is thereby kept (most of
the time) in the form of separate Datums, so that field accesses and
updates are not much more expensive than they were in the ROW format.
This holds the line, more or less, on performance of variables of named
composite types in field-access-intensive microbenchmarks, and makes
variables declared "record" perform much better than before in similar
tests.  In addition, the logic involved with enforcing composite-domain
constraints against updates of individual fields is in the expanded
record infrastructure not plpgsql proper, so that it might be reusable
for other purposes.

In further support of this, introduce a typcache feature for assigning a
unique-within-process identifier to each distinct tuple descriptor of
interest; in particular, DDL alterations on composite types result in a new
identifier for that type.  This allows very cheap detection of the need to
refresh tupdesc-dependent data.  This improves on the "tupDescSeqNo" idea
I had in commit 687f096ea: that assigned identifying sequence numbers to
successive versions of individual composite types, but the numbers were not
unique across different types, nor was there support for assigning numbers
to registered record types.

In passing, allow plpgsql functions to accept as well as return type
"record".  There was no good reason for the old restriction, and it
was out of step with most of the other PLs.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Pavel Stehule

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8962.1514399547@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-02-13 18:52:21 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 7a32ac8a66 Add procedure support to pg_get_functiondef
This also makes procedures work in psql's \ef and \sf commands.

Reported-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2018-02-13 15:13:44 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 8237f27b50 get_relid_attribute_name is dead, long live get_attname
The modern way is to use a missing_ok argument instead of two separate
almost-identical routines, so do that.

Author: Michaël Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180201063212.GE6398@paquier.xyz
2018-02-12 19:33:15 -03:00
Tom Lane 0a459cec96 Support all SQL:2011 options for window frame clauses.
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions.  We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion.  That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value.  Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that.  (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)

The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types.  Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.

In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011.  As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.

Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.

Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.

Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-07 00:06:56 -05:00
Robert Haas 9fafa413ac Avoid valgrind complaint about write() of uninitalized bytes.
LogicalTapeFreeze() may write out its first block when it is dirty but
not full, and then immediately read the first block back in from its
BufFile as a BLCKSZ-width block.  This can only occur in rare cases
where very few tuples were written out, which is currently only
possible with parallel external tuplesorts.  To avoid valgrind
complaints, tell it to treat the tail of logtape.c's buffer as
defined.

Commit 9da0cc3528 exposed this problem
but did not create it.  LogicalTapeFreeze() has always tended to write
out some amount of garbage bytes, but previously never wrote less than
one block of data in total, so the problem was masked.

Per buildfarm members lousyjack and skink.

Peter Geoghegan, based on a suggestion from Tom Lane and me.  Some
comment revisions by me.
2018-02-06 14:24:57 -05:00
Tom Lane 3492a0af0b Fix RelationBuildPartitionKey's processing of partition key expressions.
Failure to advance the list pointer while reading partition expressions
from a list results in invoking an input function with inappropriate data,
possibly leading to crashes or, with carefully crafted input, disclosure
of arbitrary backend memory.

Bug discovered independently by Álvaro Herrera and David Rowley.
This patch is by Álvaro but owes something to David's proposed fix.
Back-patch to v10 where the issue was introduced.

Security: CVE-2018-1052
2018-02-05 10:37:30 -05:00
Robert Haas 9da0cc3528 Support parallel btree index builds.
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds.  Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.

The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature.  We can
refine it as we get more experience.

Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia.  While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature.  Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 13:32:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut a044378ce2 Add some noreturn attributes to help static analyzers 2018-01-29 20:44:35 -05:00
Tom Lane 97d4445a03 Save a few bytes by removing useless last argument to SearchCatCacheList.
There's never any value in giving a fully specified cache key to
SearchCatCacheList: you might as well call SearchCatCache instead,
since there could be only one match.  So the maximum useful number of
key arguments is one less than the supported number of key columns.
We might as well remove the useless extra argument and save some few
bytes per call site, as well as a cycle or so per call.

I believe the reason it was coded like this is that originally, callers
had to write out all the dummy arguments in each call, and so it seemed
less confusing if SearchCatCache and SearchCatCacheList took the same
number of key arguments.  But since commit e26c539e9, callers only write
their live arguments explicitly, making that a non-factor; and there's
surely been enough time for third-party modules to adapt to that coding
style.  So this is only an ABI break not an API break for callers.

Per discussion with Oliver Ford, this might also make it less confusing
how to use SearchCatCacheList correctly.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27788.1517069693@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-01-29 15:13:17 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut c1869542b3 Use abstracted SSL API in server connection log messages
The existing "connection authorized" server log messages used OpenSSL
API calls directly, even though similar abstracted API calls exist.
Change to use the latter instead.

Change the function prototype for the functions that return the TLS
version and the cipher to return const char * directly instead of
copying into a buffer.  That makes them slightly easier to use.

Add bits= to the message.  psql shows that, so we might as well show the
same information on the client and server.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-01-26 09:50:46 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 0b5e33f667 Remove use of byte-masking macros in record_image_cmp
These were introduced in 4cbb646334, but
after further analysis and testing, they should not be necessary and
probably weren't the part of that commit that fixed anything.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-01-25 09:41:19 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 7404e77cc1 Split out documentation of SSL parameters into their own section
Split the "Authentication and Security" section into two separate
sections "Authentication" and "SSL".  The latter part has gotten much
longer over time, and doesn't primarily have to do with authentication.

Also, the row_security parameter was inconsistently categorized, so
clean that up while we're here.
2018-01-23 07:11:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 8561e4840c Transaction control in PL procedures
In each of the supplied procedural languages (PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl,
PL/Python, PL/Tcl), add language-specific commit and rollback
functions/commands to control transactions in procedures in that
language.  Add similar underlying functions to SPI.  Some additional
cleanup so that transaction commit or abort doesn't blow away data
structures still used by the procedure call.  Add execution context
tracking to CALL and DO statements so that transaction control commands
can only be issued in top-level procedure and block calls, not function
calls or other procedure or block calls.

- SPI

Add a new function SPI_connect_ext() that is like SPI_connect() but
allows passing option flags.  The only option flag right now is
SPI_OPT_NONATOMIC.  A nonatomic SPI connection can execute transaction
control commands, otherwise it's not allowed.  This is meant to be
passed down from CALL and DO statements which themselves know in which
context they are called.  A nonatomic SPI connection uses different
memory management.  A normal SPI connection allocates its memory in
TopTransactionContext.  For nonatomic connections we use PortalContext
instead.  As the comment in SPI_connect_ext() (previously SPI_connect())
indicates, one could potentially use PortalContext in all cases, but it
seems safest to leave the existing uses alone, because this stuff is
complicated enough already.

SPI also gets new functions SPI_start_transaction(), SPI_commit(), and
SPI_rollback(), which can be used by PLs to implement their transaction
control logic.

- portalmem.c

Some adjustments were made in the code that cleans up portals at
transaction abort.  The portal code could already handle a command
*committing* a transaction and continuing (e.g., VACUUM), but it was not
quite prepared for a command *aborting* a transaction and continuing.

In AtAbort_Portals(), remove the code that marks an active portal as
failed.  As the comment there already predicted, this doesn't work if
the running command wants to keep running after transaction abort.  And
it's actually not necessary, because pquery.c is careful to run all
portal code in a PG_TRY block and explicitly runs MarkPortalFailed() if
there is an exception.  So the code in AtAbort_Portals() is never used
anyway.

In AtAbort_Portals() and AtCleanup_Portals(), we need to be careful not
to clean up active portals too much.  This mirrors similar code in
PreCommit_Portals().

- PL/Perl

Gets new functions spi_commit() and spi_rollback()

- PL/pgSQL

Gets new commands COMMIT and ROLLBACK.

Update the PL/SQL porting example in the documentation to reflect that
transactions are now possible in procedures.

- PL/Python

Gets new functions plpy.commit and plpy.rollback.

- PL/Tcl

Gets new commands commit and rollback.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-01-22 08:43:06 -05:00
Magnus Hagander 1cc4f536ef Support huge pages on Windows
Add support for huge pages (called large pages on Windows) to the
Windows build.

This (probably) breaks compatibility with Windows versions prior to
Windows 2003 or Windows Vista.

Authors: Takayuki Tsunakawa and Thomas Munro
Reviewed by: Magnus Hagander, Amit Kapila
2018-01-21 15:40:46 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 8b9e9644dc Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType
AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types,
and we already have a preferred one for that.  It's only used in
aclcheck_error.  By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more
precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation".

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-01-19 14:01:15 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2c6f37ed62 Replace GrantObjectType with ObjectType
There used to be a lot of different *Type and *Kind symbol groups to
address objects within different commands, most of which have been
replaced by ObjectType, starting with
b256f24264.  But this conversion was never
done for the ACL commands until now.

This change ends up being just a plain replacement of the types and
symbols, without any code restructuring needed, except deleting some now
redundant code.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
2018-01-19 14:01:14 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 8b08f7d482 Local partitioned indexes
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.

As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones.  Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.

To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
    CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
    ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index).  These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.

Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
	Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 11:49:22 -03:00
Andrew Dunstan cc4feded0a Centralize json and jsonb handling of datetime types
The creates a single function JsonEncodeDateTime which will format these
data types in an efficient and consistent manner. This will be all the
more important when we come to jsonpath so we don't have to implement yet
more code doing the same thing in two more places.

This also extends the code to handle time and timetz types which were
not previously handled specially. This requires exposing the time2tm and
timetz2tm functions.

Patch from Nikita Glukhov
2018-01-16 19:07:13 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut d91da5eced Remove useless use of bit-masking macros
In this case, the macros SET_8_BYTES(), GET_8_BYTES(), SET_4_BYTES(),
GET_4_BYTES() are no-ops, so we can just remove them.

The plan is to perhaps remove them from the source code altogether, so
we'll start here.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5d51721a-69ef-2053-9172-599b539f0628@2ndquadrant.com
2018-01-16 17:12:16 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 9e945f8626 Fix Latin spelling
"c.f." should be "cf.".
2018-01-11 08:32:01 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut acc67ffd0a Give more accurate error message for dropping pinned portal
The previous code gave the same error message for attempting to drop
pinned and active portals, but those are separate states, so give
separate error messages.
2018-01-10 09:22:07 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan 11b623dd0a Implement TZH and TZM timestamp format patterns
These are compatible with Oracle and required for the datetime template
language for jsonpath in an upcoming patch.

Nikita Glukhov and Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Pavel Stehule.
2018-01-09 14:25:05 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 0f7c49e855 Update portal-related memory context names and API
Rename PortalMemory to TopPortalContext, to avoid confusion with
PortalContext and align naming with similar top-level memory contexts.

Rename PortalData's "heap" field to portalContext.  The "heap" naming
seems quite antiquated and confusing.  Also get rid of the
PortalGetHeapMemory() macro and access the field directly, which we do
for other portal fields, so this abstraction doesn't buy anything.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-01-09 13:47:56 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera bab2969867 Fix typo
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d8jefpk4jtd.fsf@dalvik.ping.uio.no
2018-01-03 19:12:06 -03:00
Bruce Momjian 9d4649ca49 Update copyright for 2018
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.3
2018-01-02 23:30:12 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera be2343221f Protect against hypothetical memory leaks in RelationGetPartitionKey
Also, fix a comment that commit 8a0596cb65 made obsolete.

Reported-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYbpuUUUp2GhYNwWm0qkah39spiU7uOiNXLz20ASfKYoA@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-27 18:06:14 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev ff963b393c Add polygon opclass for SP-GiST
Polygon opclass uses compress method feature of SP-GiST added earlier. For now
it's a single operator class which uses this feature. SP-GiST actually indexes
a bounding boxes of input polygons, so part of supported operations are lossy.
Opclass uses most methods of corresponding opclass over boxes of SP-GiST and
treats bounding boxes as point in 4D-space.

Bump catalog version.

Authors: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov with minor editorization by me
Reviewed-By: all authors + Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/54907069.1030506@sigaev.ru
2017-12-25 18:59:38 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 9373baa0f7 Minor edits to catalog files and scripts
This fixes a few typos and small mistakes; it also cleans a few
minor stylistic issues.  The biggest functional change is that
Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer knows the OID of language 'internal'.

Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXAkwbk-A9QHHHf00N905kKisyQbaYwKqaRpze_gPXGfg@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 19:07:32 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 8a0596cb65 Get rid of copy_partition_key
That function currently exists to avoid leaking memory in
CacheMemoryContext in case of trouble while the partition key is being
built, but there's a better way: allocate everything in a memcxt that
goes away if the current (sub)transaction fails, and once the partition
key is built and no further errors can occur, make the memcxt permanent
by making it a child of CacheMemoryContext.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171027172730.eh2domlkpn4ja62m@alvherre.pgsql
2017-12-21 14:21:39 -03:00
Tom Lane c98c35cd08 Avoid putting build-location-dependent strings into generated files.
Various Perl scripts we use to generate files were in the habit of
printing things like "generated by $0" into their output files.
That looks like a fine idea at first glance, but it results in
non-reproducible output, because in VPATH builds $0 won't be just
the name of the script file, but a full path for it.  We'd prefer
that you get identical results whether using VPATH or not, so this
is a bad thing.

Some of these places also printed their input file name(s), causing
an additional hazard of the same type.

Hence, establish a policy that thou shalt not print $0, nor input file
pathnames, into output files (they're still allowed in error messages,
though).  Instead just write the script name verbatim.  While we are at
it, we can make these annotations more useful by giving the script's
full relative path name within the PG source tree, eg instead of
Gen_fmgrtab.pl let's print src/backend/utils/Gen_fmgrtab.pl.

Not all of the changes made here actually affect any files shipped
in finished tarballs today, but it seems best to apply the policy
everyplace so that nobody copies unsafe code into places where it
could matter.

Christoph Berg and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171215102223.GB31812@msg.df7cb.de
2017-12-21 10:57:06 -05:00
Andres Freund 1804284042 Add parallel-aware hash joins.
Introduce parallel-aware hash joins that appear in EXPLAIN plans as Parallel
Hash Join with Parallel Hash.  While hash joins could already appear in
parallel queries, they were previously always parallel-oblivious and had a
partial subplan only on the outer side, meaning that the work of the inner
subplan was duplicated in every worker.

After this commit, the planner will consider using a partial subplan on the
inner side too, using the Parallel Hash node to divide the work over the
available CPU cores and combine its results in shared memory.  If the join
needs to be split into multiple batches in order to respect work_mem, then
workers process different batches as much as possible and then work together
on the remaining batches.

The advantages of a parallel-aware hash join over a parallel-oblivious hash
join used in a parallel query are that it:

 * avoids wasting memory on duplicated hash tables
 * avoids wasting disk space on duplicated batch files
 * divides the work of building the hash table over the CPUs

One disadvantage is that there is some communication between the participating
CPUs which might outweigh the benefits of parallelism in the case of small
hash tables.  This is avoided by the planner's existing reluctance to supply
partial plans for small scans, but it may be necessary to estimate
synchronization costs in future if that situation changes.  Another is that
outer batch 0 must be written to disk if multiple batches are required.

A potential future advantage of parallel-aware hash joins is that right and
full outer joins could be supported, since there is a single set of matched
bits for each hashtable, but that is not yet implemented.

A new GUC enable_parallel_hash is defined to control the feature, defaulting
to on.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Tested-By: Rafia Sabih, Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=37HKyJ4U6XOLi=JgfSHM3o6B-GaeO-6hkOmneTDkH+Uw@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 00:43:41 -08:00
Andres Freund ab9e0e718a Add shared tuplestores.
SharedTuplestore allows multiple participants to write into it and
then read the tuples back from it in parallel.  Each reader receives
partial results.

For now it always uses disk files, but other buffering policies and
other kinds of scans (ie each reader receives complete results) may be
useful in future.

The upcoming parallel hash join feature will use this facility.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-18 14:23:19 -08:00
Magnus Hagander 7731c32087 Fix typo on comment
Author: David Rowley
2017-12-18 11:24:55 +01:00
Tom Lane b31a9d7dd3 Suppress compiler warning about no function return value.
Compilers that don't know that ereport(ERROR) doesn't return
complained about the new coding in scanint8() introduced by
commit 101c7ee3e.  Tweak coding to avoid the warning.
Per buildfarm.
2017-12-17 00:41:41 -05:00
Andres Freund 9c2f0a6c3c Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.

As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.

Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.

A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.

Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
   Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
    https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-12-14 18:20:47 -08:00
Tom Lane 9fa6f00b13 Rethink MemoryContext creation to improve performance.
This patch makes a number of interrelated changes to reduce the overhead
involved in creating/deleting memory contexts.  The key ideas are:

* Include the AllocSetContext header of an aset.c context in its first
malloc request, rather than allocating it separately in TopMemoryContext.
This means that we now always create an initial or "keeper" block in an
aset, even if it never receives any allocation requests.

* Create freelists in which we can save and recycle recently-destroyed
asets (this idea is due to Robert Haas).

* In the common case where the name of a context is a constant string,
just store a pointer to it in the context header, rather than copying
the string.

The first change eliminates a palloc/pfree cycle per context, and
also avoids bloat in TopMemoryContext, at the price that creating
a context now involves a malloc/free cycle even if the context never
receives any allocations.  That would be a loser for some common
usage patterns, but recycling short-lived contexts via the freelist
eliminates that pain.

Avoiding copying constant strings not only saves strlen() and strcpy()
overhead, but is an essential part of the freelist optimization because
it makes the context header size constant.  Currently we make no
attempt to use the freelist for contexts with non-constant names.
(Perhaps someday we'll need to think harder about that, but in current
usage, most contexts with custom names are long-lived anyway.)

The freelist management in this initial commit is pretty simplistic,
and we might want to refine it later --- but in common workloads that
will never matter because the freelists will never get full anyway.

To create a context with a non-constant name, one is now required to
call AllocSetContextCreateExtended and specify the MEMCONTEXT_COPY_NAME
option.  AllocSetContextCreate becomes a wrapper macro, and it includes
a test that will complain about non-string-literal context name
parameters on gcc and similar compilers.

An unfortunate side effect of making AllocSetContextCreate a macro is
that one is now *required* to use the size parameter abstraction macros
(ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES and friends) with it; the pre-9.6 habit of
writing out individual size parameters no longer works unless you
switch to AllocSetContextCreateExtended.

Internally to the memory-context-related modules, the context creation
APIs are simplified, removing the rather baroque original design whereby
a context-type module called mcxt.c which then called back into the
context-type module.  That saved a bit of code duplication, but not much,
and it prevented context-type modules from exercising control over the
allocation of context headers.

In passing, I converted the test-and-elog validation of aset size
parameters into Asserts to save a few more cycles.  The original thought
was that callers might compute size parameters on the fly, but in practice
nobody does that, so it's useless to expend cycles on checking those
numbers in production builds.

Also, mark the memory context method-pointer structs "const",
just for cleanliness.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2264.1512870796@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-12-13 13:55:16 -05:00
Andres Freund 8e211f5391 Add float.h include to int8.c, for isnan().
port.h redirects isnan() to _isnan() on windows, which in turn is
provided by float.h rather than math.h. Therefore include the latter
as well.

Per buildfarm.
2017-12-12 23:32:43 -08:00
Andres Freund f512a6e132 Consistently use PG_INT(16|32|64)_(MIN|MAX).
Per buildfarm animal woodlouse.
2017-12-12 18:19:13 -08:00
Andres Freund 101c7ee3ee Use new overflow aware integer operations.
A previous commit added inline functions that provide fast(er) and
correct overflow checks for signed integer math. Use them in a
significant portion of backend code.  There's more to touch in both
backend and frontend code, but these were the easily identifiable
cases.

The old overflow checks are noticeable in integer heavy workloads.

A secondary benefit is that getting rid of overflow checks that rely
on signed integer overflow wrapping around, will allow us to get rid
of -fwrapv in the future. Which in turn slows down other code.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171024103954.ztmatprlglz3rwke@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-12-12 16:55:37 -08:00
Robert Haas 95b52351fe Remove obsolete comment.
Commit 8b304b8b72 removed replacement
selection, but left behind this comment text.  The optimization to
which the comment refers is not relevant without replacement
selection, because if we had so few tuples as to require only one
tape, we would have just completed the sort in memory.

Peter Geoghegan

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznqupLA8CMjp+vqzoe0yXu0DYYbQSNZxmgN76tLnAOZ_w@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-12 19:33:50 -05:00
Robert Haas ab72716778 Support Parallel Append plan nodes.
When we create an Append node, we can spread out the workers over the
subplans instead of piling on to each subplan one at a time, which
should typically be a bit more efficient, both because the startup
cost of any plan executed entirely by one worker is paid only once and
also because of reduced contention.  We can also construct Append
plans using a mix of partial and non-partial subplans, which may allow
for parallelism in places that otherwise couldn't support it.
Unfortunately, this patch doesn't handle the important case of
parallelizing UNION ALL by running each branch in a separate worker;
the executor infrastructure is added here, but more planner work is
needed.

Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by
Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Amit Kapila, and
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9dy0K_E8r727heqXoBmWZ83HwLFwdcaSSmBQ1+S+vRuUQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-05 17:28:39 -05:00
Tom Lane 2069e6faa0 Clean up assorted messiness around AllocateDir() usage.
This patch fixes a couple of low-probability bugs that could lead to
reporting an irrelevant errno value (and hence possibly a wrong SQLSTATE)
concerning directory-open or file-open failures.  It also fixes places
where we took shortcuts in reporting such errors, either by using elog
instead of ereport or by using ereport but forgetting to specify an
errcode.  And it eliminates a lot of just plain redundant error-handling
code.

In service of all this, export fd.c's formerly-static function
ReadDirExtended, so that external callers can make use of the coding
pattern

	dir = AllocateDir(path);
	while ((de = ReadDirExtended(dir, path, LOG)) != NULL)

if they'd like to treat directory-open failures as mere LOG conditions
rather than errors.  Also fix FreeDir to be a no-op if we reach it
with dir == NULL, as such a coding pattern would cause.

Then, remove code at many call sites that was throwing an error or log
message for AllocateDir failure, as ReadDir or ReadDirExtended can handle
that job just fine.  Aside from being a net code savings, this gets rid of
a lot of not-quite-up-to-snuff reports, as mentioned above.  (In some
places these changes result in replacing a custom error message such as
"could not open tablespace directory" with more generic wording "could not
open directory", but it was agreed that the custom wording buys little as
long as we report the directory name.)  In some other call sites where we
can't just remove code, change the error reports to be fully
project-style-compliant.

Also reorder code in restoreTwoPhaseData that was acquiring a lock
between AllocateDir and ReadDir; in the unlikely but surely not
impossible case that LWLockAcquire changes errno, AllocateDir failures
would be misreported.  There is no great value in opening the directory
before acquiring TwoPhaseStateLock, so just do it in the other order.

Also fix CheckXLogRemoved to guarantee that it preserves errno,
as quite a number of call sites are implicitly assuming.  (Again,
it's unlikely but I think not impossible that errno could change
during a SpinLockAcquire.  If so, this function was broken for its
own purposes as well as breaking callers.)

And change a few places that were using not-per-project-style messages,
such as "could not read directory" when "could not open directory" is
more correct.

Back-patch the exporting of ReadDirExtended, in case we have occasion
to back-patch some fix that makes use of it; it's not needed right now
but surely making it global is pretty harmless.  Also back-patch the
restoreTwoPhaseData and CheckXLogRemoved fixes.  The rest of this is
essentially cosmetic and need not get back-patched.

Michael Paquier, with a bit of additional work by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRpOCxjiirHmebEFhXVTK7V5Jvw4bz82p7Oimtsm3TyZA@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-04 17:02:56 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut e4128ee767 SQL procedures
This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function
but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement
instead of SELECT or similar.  This implementation is aligned with the
SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations.

This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well
as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a
procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL).  There is
also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT
and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql.  Support for defining
procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core
distribution.

While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality,
future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object
type.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 11:03:20 -05:00
Tom Lane 7ca25b7de6 Fix neqjoinsel's behavior for semi/anti join cases.
Previously, this function estimated the selectivity as 1 minus eqjoinsel()
for the negator equality operator, regardless of join type (I think there
was an expectation that eqjoinsel would handle the join type).  But
actually this is completely wrong for semijoin cases: the fraction of the
LHS that has a non-matching row is not one minus the fraction of the LHS
that has a matching row.  In reality a semijoin with <> will nearly always
succeed: it can only fail when the RHS is empty, or it contains a single
distinct value that is equal to the particular LHS value, or the LHS value
is null.  The only one of those things we should have much confidence in
estimating is the fraction of LHS values that are null, so let's just take
the selectivity as 1 minus outer nullfrac.

Per coding convention, antijoin should be estimated the same as semijoin.

Arguably this is a bug fix, but in view of the lack of field complaints
and the risk of destabilizing plans, no back-patch.

Thomas Munro, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=270ze2hVxWkJw-5eKzc3AB4C9KpH3L2kih75R5pdSogg@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-29 22:00:37 -05:00
Robert Haas eaedf0df71 Update typedefs.list and re-run pgindent
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaA9=1RWKtBWpDaj+sF3Stgc8sHgf5z=KGtbjwPLQVDMA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-29 09:24:24 -05:00
Joe Conway 752714dd9d Make has_sequence_privilege support WITH GRANT OPTION
The various has_*_privilege() functions all support an optional
WITH GRANT OPTION added to the supported privilege types to test
whether the privilege is held with grant option. That is, all except
has_sequence_privilege() variations. Fix that.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/005147f6-8280-42e9-5a03-dd2c1e4397ef@joeconway.com
2017-11-26 09:49:40 -08:00
Tom Lane df3a66e282 Improve planner's handling of set-returning functions in grouping columns.
Improve query_is_distinct_for() to accept SRFs in the targetlist when
we can prove distinctness from a DISTINCT clause.  In that case the
de-duplication will surely happen after SRF expansion, so the proof
still works.  Continue to punt in the case where we'd try to prove
distinctness from GROUP BY (or, in the future, source relations).
To do that, we'd have to determine whether the SRFs were in the
grouping columns or elsewhere in the tlist, and it still doesn't
seem worth the trouble.  But this trivial change allows us to
recognize that "SELECT DISTINCT unnest(foo) FROM ..." produces
unique-ified output, which seems worth having.

Also, fix estimate_num_groups() to consider the possibility of SRFs in
the grouping columns.  Its failure to do so was masked before v10 because
grouping_planner() scaled up plan rowcount estimates by the estimated SRF
multiplier after performing grouping.  That doesn't happen anymore, which
is more correct, but it means we need an adjustment in the estimate for
the number of groups.  Failure to do this leads to an underestimate for
the number of output rows of subqueries like "SELECT DISTINCT unnest(foo)"
compared to what 9.6 and earlier estimated, thus breaking plan choices
in some cases.

Per report from Dmitry Shalashov.  Back-patch to v10 to avoid degraded
plan choices compared to previous releases.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKPeCUGAeHgoh5O=SvcQxREVkoX7UdeJUMj1F5=aBNvoTa+O8w@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-25 11:48:09 -05:00
Tom Lane 0f2458ff5f Improve valgrind logic in aset.c, and fix multiple issues in generation.c.
Revise aset.c so that all the "private" fields of chunk headers are
marked NOACCESS when outside the module, improving on the previous
coding which protected only requested_size.  Fix a couple of corner
case bugs, such as failing to re-protect the header during a failure
exit from AllocSetRealloc, and wrong padding-size calculation for an
oversize allocation request.

Apply the same design to generation.c, and also fix several bugs therein
that I found by dint of hacking the code to use generation.c as the
standard allocator and then running the core regression tests with it.
Notably, we have to track the actual size of each block, else the
wipe_mem call in GenerationReset clears the wrong amount of memory for
an oversize-chunk block; and GenerationCheck needs a way of identifying
freed chunks that isn't fooled by palloc(0).  I chose to fix the latter
by resetting the context pointer to NULL in a freed chunk, roughly like
what happens in a freed aset.c chunk.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1eHa4J-0006hI-Q8@gemulon.postgresql.org
2017-11-24 19:28:19 -05:00
Tom Lane f65d21b258 Mostly-cosmetic improvements in memory chunk header alignment coding.
Add commentary about what we're doing and why.  Apply the method used for
padding in GenerationChunk to AllocChunkData, replacing the rather ad-hoc
solution used in commit 7e3aa03b4.  Reorder fields in GenerationChunk so
that the padding calculation will work even if sizeof(size_t) is different
from sizeof(void *) --- likely that will never happen, but we don't need
the assumption if we do it like this.  Improve static assertions about
alignment.

In passing, fix a couple of oversights in the "large chunk" path in
GenerationAlloc().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1eHa4J-0006hI-Q8@gemulon.postgresql.org
2017-11-24 15:50:22 -05:00
Tom Lane cc3c4af4a9 Fix bug in generation.c's valgrind support.
This doesn't look like the last such bug, but it's one that the
test_decoding regression test is tripping over.  Per buildfarm.

Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c903f275-2150-fa52-64bf-dca7b53ebf8d@fuzzy.cz
2017-11-24 13:43:34 -05:00
Tom Lane 07bd77b95a Ensure sizeof(GenerationChunk) is maxaligned.
Per buildfarm.

Also improve some comments.
2017-11-23 17:02:15 -05:00
Simon Riggs b99661c2ff Tweak code for older compilers
Attempt to quiesce build farm

Author: Tomas Vondra
2017-11-23 06:55:18 +11:00
Simon Riggs a4ccc1cef5 Generational memory allocator
Add new style of memory allocator, known as Generational
appropriate for use in cases where memory is allocated
and then freed in roughly oldest first order (FIFO).

Use new allocator for logical decoding’s reorderbuffer
to significantly reduce memory usage and improve performance.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-23 05:45:07 +11:00
Simon Riggs 2ede45c3a4 Fix pg_control_checkpoint from commit 4b0d28de06
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndQuadrant.com>
Reported-By: Andreas Seltenreich <seltenreich@gmx.de>
2017-11-21 08:00:54 +11:00
Tom Lane 52f63bd916 Fix compiler warning in rangetypes_spgist.c.
On gcc 7.2.0, comparing pointer to (Datum) 0 produces a warning.
Treat it as a simple pointer to avoid that; this is more consistent
with comparable code elsewhere, anyway.

Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99410021-61ef-9a9a-9bc8-f733ece637ee@2ndquadrant.com
2017-11-18 16:46:29 -05:00
Tom Lane 4797f9b519 Merge near-duplicate code in RI triggers.
Merge ri_restrict_del and ri_restrict_upd into one function ri_restrict.
Create a function ri_setnull that is the common implementation of
RI_FKey_setnull_del and RI_FKey_setnull_upd.  Likewise create a function
ri_setdefault that is the common implementation of RI_FKey_setdefault_del
and RI_FKey_setdefault_upd.  All of these pairs of functions were identical
except for needing to check for no-actual-key-change in the UPDATE cases;
the one extra if-test is a small price to pay for saving so much code.

Aside from removing about 400 lines of essentially duplicate code, this
allows us to recognize that we were uselessly caching two identical plans
whenever there were pairs of triggers using these duplicated functions
(which is likely very common).

Ildar Musin, reviewed by Ildus Kurbangaliev

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ca7064a7-6adc-6f22-ca47-8615ba9425a5@postgrespro.ru
2017-11-18 16:24:05 -05:00
Tom Lane 976a1a48fc Improve to_date/to_number/to_timestamp behavior with multibyte characters.
The documentation says that these functions skip one input character
per literal (non-pattern) format character.  Actually, though, they
skipped one input *byte* per literal *byte*, which could be hugely
confusing if either data or format contained multibyte characters.

To fix, adjust the FormatNode representation and parse_format() so
that multibyte format characters are stored as one FormatNode not
several, and adjust the data-skipping bits to advance by pg_mblen()
not necessarily one byte.  There's no user-visible behavior change
on the to_char() side, although the internal representation changes.

Commit e87d4965b had already fixed most places where we skip characters
on the basis of non-literal format patterns to advance by characters
not bytes, but this gets one more place, the SKIP_THth macro.  I think
everything in formatting.c gets that right now.

It'd be nice to have some regression test cases covering this behavior;
but of course there's no way to do so in an encoding-agnostic way, and
many of the interesting aspects would also require unportable locale
selections.  So I've not bothered here.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28186.1510957703@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-11-18 12:42:52 -05:00
Tom Lane 63ca86318d Fix quoted-substring handling in format parsing for to_char/to_number/etc.
This code evidently intended to treat backslash as an escape character
within double-quoted substrings, but it was sufficiently confused that
cases like ..."foo\\"... did not work right: the second backslash
managed to quote the double-quote after it, despite being quoted itself.
Rewrite to get that right, while preserving the existing behavior
outside double-quoted substrings, which is that backslash isn't special
except in the combination \".

Comparing to Oracle, it seems that their version of to_char() for
timestamps allows literal alphanumerics only within double quotes, while
non-alphanumerics are allowed outside quotes; backslashes aren't special
anywhere; there is no way at all to emit a literal double quote.
(Bizarrely, their to_char() for numbers is different; it doesn't allow
literal text at all AFAICT.)  The fact that they don't treat backslash
as special justifies our existing behavior for backslash outside double
quotes.  I considered making backslash inside double quotes act the same
way (ie, special only if before "), which in a green field would be a
more consistent behavior.  But that would likely break more existing SQL
code than what this patch does.

Add some test cases illustrating this behavior.  (Only the last new
case actually changes behavior in this commit.)

Little of this behavior was documented, either, so fix that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3626.1510949486@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-11-18 12:16:37 -05:00
Robert Haas 611fe7d479 Update postgresql.conf.sample comment for bgwriter_lru_maxpages
Commit 14ca9abfbe should have done
this, but did not.

Jeff Janes

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1yWOvL+YFYzGM9yXSoWjxr_5_Ny78pPzLKQCkfgB7H-JQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-17 14:52:00 -05:00